Concrete Frame Design For ETABS

Con crete Frame
De sign Man ual

ACI 318-99, BS 8110-97, BS 8110-85R89
CSAA-23.3-94, CP 65-99, Eurocode 2-92
NZS 3101-95 and UBC 97
For SAP2000
and ETABS
ISO SAP022811M8 Ver sion 15

Berke ley, Cal i for nia June 2011
COPYRIGHT
Copy right Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc., 1978-2011.
All rights re served.
The CSI Logo, SAP2000, ETABS and SAFE are reg is tered
trade marks of Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc. Watch & Learn
TM
is a
trade mark of Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc.
The com puter pro grams SAP2000 and ETABS and all as so ci ated
doc u men ta tion are pro pri etary and copy righted prod ucts. World wide
rights of own er ship rest with Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc. Unlicensed
use of these pro grams or re pro duc tion of doc u men ta tion in any form,
with out prior writ ten au tho ri za tion from Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc.,
is ex plic itly pro hib ited.
No part of this pub li ca tion may be re pro duced or dis trib uted in any form
or by any means, or stored in a da ta base or re trieval sys tem, with out the
prior ex plicit writ ten per mis sion of the pub lisher.
Fur ther in for ma tion and cop ies of this doc u men ta tion may be ob tained
from:
Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc.
1995 Uni ver sity Av e nue
Berke ley, Cal i for nia 94704 USA
Tel: (510) 649-2200
Fax: (510) 649-2299
E-mail: info@csiberkeley.com (for gen eral ques tions)
E-mail: support@csiberkeley.com (for tech ni cal supports ques tions)
Web: www.csiberkeley.com
DISCLAIMER
CON SID ER ABLE TIME, EF FORT AND EX PENSE HAVE GONE
INTO THE DE VEL OP MENT AND DOCU MEN TA TION OF ETABS
AND SAP2000. THE PRO GRAMS HAVE BEEN THOR OUGHLY
TESTED AND USED. IN US ING THE PRO GRAMS, HOW EVER,
THE USER AC CEPTS AND UN DER STANDS THAT NO WAR -
RANTY IS EX PRESSED OR IM PLIED BY THE DE VEL OP ERS OR
THE DIS TRIBU TORS ON THE AC CU RACY OR THE RE LI ABIL -
ITY OF THE PRO GRAMS.
ETABS AND SAP2000 ARE VERY PRAC TI CAL TOOL FOR THE
DE SIGN OF RE IN FORCED CON CRETE STRUC TURES. HOW -
EVER, THE USER MUST THOR OUGHLY READ THE MAN UAL
AND CLEARLY REC OG NIZE THE AS PECTS OF RE IN FORCED
CON CRETE DE SIGN THAT THE PRO GRAM AL GO RITHMS DO
NOT AD DRESS.
THE USER MUST EX PLIC ITLY UN DER STAND THE AS SUMP -
TIONS OF THE PRO GRAMS AND MUST IN DE PEND ENTLY VER -
IFY THE RE SULTS.
Ta ble of Con tents
CHAP TER I In tro duc tion 1
Over view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Or ga ni za tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Rec om mended Read ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CHAP TER II De sign Pro cess 5
De sign Load Com bi na tions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
De sign and Check Sta tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Iden ti fy ing Beams and Col umns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
De sign of Beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
De sign of Col umns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
De sign of Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
De ter mine the Panel Zone Shear Force. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
De ter mine the Ef fec tive Area of Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Check Panel Zone Shear Stress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Beam/Col umn Flex ural Ca pac ity Ra tios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
P-D Ef fects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
El e ment Un sup ported Lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Spe cial Con sid er ations for Seis mic Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Choice of In put Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
CHAP TER III De sign for ACI 318-99 25
De sign Load Com bi na tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Strength Re duc tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Gen er a tion of Bi axial In ter ac tion Sur faces . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
i
Check Col umn Ca pac ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
De ter mine Fac tored Mo ments and Forces . . . . . . . . . . 31
De ter mine Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . 31
De ter mine Ca pac ity Ra tio. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
De sign Col umn Shear Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
De ter mine Sec tion Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
De ter mine Con crete Shear Ca pac ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
De ter mine Re quired Shear Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . 38
Beam De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
De sign Beam Flex ural Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
De ter mine Fac tored Mo ments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
De ter mine Re quired Flex ural Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . 39
De sign Beam Shear Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
De ter mine Shear Force and Mo ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
De ter mine Re quired Shear Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . 48
CHAP TER IV De sign for BS 8110-97 51
De sign Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
De ter mine Ad di tional Mo ments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Beam De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
CHAP TER V De sign for BS 8110-85 R1989 69
De sign Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
De ter mine Ad di tional Mo ments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Beam De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
ii
CSI Concrete Design Manual
CHAP TER VI De sign for CSAA23.3-94 87
Strength Re duc tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
De ter mine Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . 93
De ter mine Sec tion Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
De ter mine Re quired Shear Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . 100
Beam De sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
De sign Beam Flex ural Re in force ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
De ter mine Fac tored Mo ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
De ter mine Re quired Flex ural Re in force ment . . . . . . . . 104
De ter mine Shear Force and Mo ment . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
CHAP TER VII De sign for CP 65-1999 119
De sign Load Com bi na tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
De sign Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Gen er a tion of Bi axial In ter ac tion Sur faces . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Check Col umn Ca pac ity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
De ter mine Ad di tional Mo ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
De ter mine Ca pac ity Ra tio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
De sign Col umn Shear Re in force ment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Beam De sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
iii
Table of Contents
CHAP TER VIII De sign for Eurocode 2-92 137
De sign Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
De ter mine Code To tal Mo ments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Beam De sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
CHAP TER IX De sign for NZS 3101-95 161
Strength Re duc tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
De ter mine Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . 168
Dy namic Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
De ter mine Sec tion Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Beam De sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
CHAP TER X De sign for UBC 97 193
Strength Re duc tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Col umn De sign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
iv
De ter mine Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors . . . . . . . . . 200
De ter mine Sec tion Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Beam De sign. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
De sign of Joints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
De ter mine the Panel Zone Shear Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
De ter mine the Ef fec tive Area of Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Check Panel Zone Shear Stress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Beam/Col umn Flex ural Ca pac ity Ra tios. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
CHAP TER XI De sign Out put 225
Over view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Graph i cal Dis play of De sign In for ma tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Tab u lar Dis play of De sign Out put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Mem ber Spe cific In for ma tion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Ref er ences 233
In dex 237
v
Table of Contents
C h a p t e r I
Introduction
Overview
The pro gram fea tures pow er ful and com pletely in te grated mod ules for de sign of
both steel and re in forced con crete struc tures (CSI 2005a, b). The pro gram pro vides
the user with op tions to cre ate, mod ify, ana lyze and de sign struc tural mod els, all
from within the same user in ter face.
Note: Through out this man ual, use of the term pro gram re fers to ei ther ETABS
In te grated Build ing De sign Soft ware or SAP2000
Three Di men sional Static and

Dy namic Anal y sis and De sign Soft ware, un less oth er wise noted.
The pro gram pro vides an in ter ac tive en vi ron ment in which the user can study the
stress con di tions, make ap pro pri ate changes, such as mem ber size re vi sions, and
up date the de sign with out re- analyzing the struc ture. A sin gle mouse click on an
ele ment brings up de tailed de sign in for ma tion. Mem bers can be grouped to gether
for de sign pur poses. The out put in both graphi cal and tabu lated for mats can be
read ily dis played and printed.
The pro gram is struc tured to sup port a wide va ri ety of de sign codes for the au to -
mated de sign and check of con crete frame mem bers. This doc u men ta tion in cludes
the fol low ing de sign codes: U.S. (ACI 1999, UBC 97), Ca na dian (CSA 1994), Brit -
ish (BSI 1997, BSI 1989), Eu ro pean (CEN 1992), New Zea land (NZS 3101-95)
and CP 65 of Sin ga pore.
Overview 1
The de sign is based upon a set of user- specified load ing com bi na tions. How ever,
the pro gram pro vides a set of de fault load com bi na tions for each de sign code sup -
ported in program. If the de fault load com bi na tions are ac cept able, no defi ni tion of
ad di tional load com bi na tions is re quired.
In the de sign of the col umns, the pro gram cal cu lates the re quired lon gi tu di nal and
shear re in force ment. How ever the user may spec ify the lon gi tu di nal steel, in which
case a col umn ca pac ity ra tio is re ported. The col umn ca pac ity ra tio gives an in di ca -
tion of the stress con di tion with re spect to the ca pac ity of the col umn.
Every beam mem ber is de signed for flex ure and shear at a user-de fined number of
sta tions along the beam span. Tor sion de sign is also avail able for ACI codes.
The pres en ta tion of the out put is clear and con cise. The in for ma tion is in a form that
al lows the en gi neer to take ap pro pri ate re me dial meas ures in the event of mem ber
over stress. Backup de sign in for ma tion pro duced by the pro gram is also pro vided
for con ven ient veri fi ca tion of the re sults.
Eng lish as well as SI and MKS met ric units can be used to de fine the model ge ome -
try and to spec ify de sign pa rame ters.
Organization
This man ual is or ga nized as follows:
Chap ter II out lines vari ous as pects of the con crete de sign pro ce dures of the pro -
gram. This chap ter de scribes the com mon ter mi nol ogy of con crete de sign as im ple -
mented in the pro gram.
Each of eight sub se quent chap ters gives a de tailed de scrip tion of a spe cific code of
prac tice as in ter preted by and im ple mented in the pro gram. Each chap ter de scribes
the de sign load ing com bi na tion, col umn and beam de sign pro ce dures, and other
spe cial con sid era tion re quired by the code.
Chap ter III gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the ACI code (ACI 1999) as im ple -
Chap ter IV gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Brit ish code (BSI 1997) as im ple -
Chap ter V gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Brit ish code (BSI 1989) as im ple -
2 Organization
Chap ter VI gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Ca na dian code (CSA 1994) as im ple -
Chap ter VII gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Singapore code (CP 1999) as im ple -
Chap ter VIII gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Eurocode 2 (CEN 1992) as im ple -
Chap ter IX gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the New Zea land code (NZS 1997) as im -
ple mented in the pro gram.
Chap ter X gives a de tailed de scrip tion of the Uni form Build ing code (UBC 1997)
as im ple mented in the pro gram.
Chap ter XI out lines vari ous as pects of the tabu lar and graphi cal out put from the
pro gram re lated to con crete de sign.
Recommended Reading
It is rec om mended that the user read Chap ter II De sign Process and one of the ten
sub se quent chap ters cor re spond ing to the code of in ter est. Additionally user should
read De sign Out put in Chap ter XI to gain an un der stand ing of pro gram out put re -
lated to con crete de sign.
A tu to rial man ual that pro vides step-by-step guid ance through an ex am ple pro ject
is pro vided with the pro gram. It is rec om mended that first-time us ers per form the
steps of the tu to rial be fore read ing this man ual.
Recommended Reading 3
Chapter I Introduction
C h a p t e r II
Design Process
This chap ter out lines vari ous as pects of the con crete de sign and design- check pro -
ce dures that are used by the pro gram. The con crete de sign and check may be per -
formed us ing the pro gram in ac cor dance with one of the fol low ing de sign codes:
The 2005 Amer i can Con crete In sti tute Build ing Code Re quire ments for Struc -
tural Con crete, ACI 318-05 (ACI 2005).
The 1997 Brit ish Stan dards In sti tu tion Struc tural Use of Con crete, BS 8110-97
(BSI 1997).
The 1985 Brit ish Stan dards In sti tu tion Struc tural Use of Con crete, BS 8110-85
R1989 (BSI 1989).
The 1994 Ca na dian Stan dards As so cia tion De sign of Con crete Struc tures for
Build ings, CSA- A23.3-94 (CSA 1994).
The 1999 SPRING Sin ga pore De sign and con struc tion of Struc tural use of
Con crete, CP 65 1999 (CP 1999).
The 2004 Eu ro pean Com mit tee for Stan dard iza tion, De sign of Con crete Struc -
tures, EUROCODE 2 (BS EN 2004).
5
The 1992 Euro pean Com mit tee for Stan dardi za tion, De sign of Con crete Struc -
tures, EUROCODE 2 (CEN 1992).
The 1995 Stan dards New Zea land Con crete Struc tures Stan dard, NZS 3101- 95
(NZS 1995).
International Con fer ence of Build ing Of fi cials 1997 Uni form Build ing Code:
Vol ume 2: Struc tural En gi neer ing De sign Pro vi sions, Chap ter 19 "Con crete",
UBC 1997 (ICBO 1997).
De tails of the process as so ci ated with each of these codes as im ple mented in the
pro gram are de scribed in the sub se quent chap ters. This chap ter pro vides a back -
ground com mon to all of the de sign codes.
In writ ing this man ual it has been as sumed that the user has an en gi neer ing back -
ground in the gen eral area of struc tural re in forced con crete de sign and fa mili ar ity
with at least one of the above-men tioned de sign codes.
For re fer ring to per ti nent sec tions of the cor re spond ing codes, a unique pre fix is as -
signed for each code. For ex am ple, all ref er ences to the ACI code are pre ceded by
the word ACI. Simi larly,
Ref er ences to the ACI 318-05, ACI 318-02 and ACI 318-99 code have the pre -
fix of ACI
Ref er ences to the Brit ish code carry the pre fix of BS
Ref er ences to the Ca na dian code carry the pre fix of CSA
Ref er ences to the Eurocode 2 carry the pre fix of EC2
Ref er ences to the New Zea land code carry the pre fix of NZS
Ref er ences to the Singapore code carry the pre fix of CP
Ref er ences to the UBC 1997 code have the pre fix of UBC
Design Load Combinations
The de sign load com bi na tions are used to determine the vari ous com bi na tions of
the load cases for which the struc ture is to be de signed/checked. The load com bi na -
tion fac tors to be used vary with the se lected de sign code. The load com bi na tion
fac tors are ap plied to the forces and mo ments ob tained from the as so ci ated load
cases (or anal y sis cases for SAP2000) and are then summed to ob tain the fac tored
de sign forces and mo ments for the load com bi na tion.
6 Design Load Combinations
For multi- valued load com bi na tions in volv ing re sponse spec trum, time his tory,
mov ing loads (only ap pli ca ble for SAP2000) and multi- valued com bi na tions (of
type en vel op ing, square- root of the sum of the squares or ab so lute) where any cor -
re spon dence be tween in ter act ing quan ti ties is lost, the pro gram auto mati cally pro -
duces mul ti ple sub com bi na tions us ing maxima/min ima per mu ta tions of in ter act -
ing quan ti ties. Sepa rate com bi na tions with nega tive fac tors for re sponse spec trum
cases are not re quired be cause the pro gram auto mati cally takes the min ima to be
the nega tive of the maxima for re sponse spec trum cases and the above-de scribed
per mu ta tions gen er ate the re quired sub com bi na tions.
When a de sign com bi na tion in volves only a sin gle multi-val ued case of time his -
tory or mov ing load, fur ther op tions are avail able. The pro gram has an op tion to re -
quest that time his tory com bi na tions pro duce sub com bi na tions for each time step
of the time his tory. Also an op tion is avail able to re quest that mov ing load com bi -
na tions pro duce sub com bi na tions us ing max ima and min ima of each de sign quan -
tity but with cor re spond ing val ues of in ter act ing quan ti ties.
For nor mal load ing con di tions in volv ing static dead load, live load, wind load, and
earth quake load or dy namic re sponse spec trum earth quake load, the pro gram has
built- in de fault load ing com bi na tions for each de sign code. These are based on the
code rec om men da tions and are docu mented for each code in the cor re spond ing
chap ters.
For other load ing con di tions in volv ing mov ing load, time his tory, pat tern live
loads, sepa rate con sid era tion of roof live load, snow load, and so on., the user must
de fine de sign load ing com bi na tions ei ther in lieu of or in ad di tion to the de fault de -
sign load ing com bi na tions.
The de fault load com bi na tions as sume all static load cases de clared as dead load to
be ad di tive. Simi larly, all cases de clared as live load are as sumed ad di tive. How -
ever, any static load case de clared as wind or earth quake, and any re sponse spec -
trum cases, are as sumed to be non-ad di tive with each other and pro duce mul ti ple
lat eral load com bi na tions. Also wind and static earth quake cases pro duce sepa rate
load ing com bi na tions with the sense (posi tive or nega tive) re versed. If these con di -
tions are not cor rect, the user must pro vide the ap pro pri ate de sign com bi na tions.
The de fault load com bi na tions are in cluded in de sign if the user re quests them to be
in cluded or if no other user-de fined com bi na tion is avail able for con crete de sign. If
any de fault com bi na tion is in cluded in de sign, then all de fault com bi na tions will
auto mati cally be up dated by the pro gram any time the de sign code is changed or if
static or re sponse spec trum load cases are modi fied.
Design Load Combinations 7
Chapter II Design Process
Live load re duc tion fac tors can be ap plied to the mem ber forces of the live load case
on an element- by- element ba sis to re duce the con tri bu tion of the live load to the
fac tored load ing.
The user is cau tioned that if mov ing load or time his tory re sults are not re quested to
be re cov ered in the analy sis for some or all of the frame mem bers, the ef fects of
these loads will be as sumed to be zero in any com bi na tion that in cludes them.
Design and Check Stations
For each load com bi na tion, each ele ment is de signed or checked at a number of lo -
ca tions along the length of the ele ment. The lo ca tions are based on equally spaced
seg ments along the clear length of the ele ment. The number of seg ments in an ele -
ment is re quested by the user be fore the analy sis is performed. The user can re fine
the de sign along the length of an ele ment by re quest ing more seg ments.
In ETABS only, when us ing 1997 UBC de sign codes, re quire ments for joint de sign
at the beam-to-col umn con nec tions are eval u ated at the top most sta tion of each
col umn. The pro gram also per forms a joint shear anal y sis at the same sta tion to de -
ter mine if spe cial con sid er ations are re quired in any of the joint panel zones. The
ra tio is re ported for the beam flex ural ca pac i ties with re spect to the col umn flex ural
ca pac i ties con sid er ing ax ial force ef fects as so ci ated with the weak beam-strong
col umn as pect of any beam/col umn in ter sec tion.
Identifying Beams and Columns
In the pro gram all beams and col umns are rep re sented as frame ob jects. But de sign
of beams and col umns re quires sep a rate treat ment. Iden ti fi ca tion for a con crete ob -
jects is ac com plished by spec i fy ing that the frame sec tion as signed to the ob ject is
of beam or col umn type . If there is any brace ob ject in the frame, the brace el e ment
would also be iden ti fied as ei ther a beam or a col umn type based on the sec tion as -
signed to the brace object.
Design of Beams
In the de sign of con crete beams, in gen eral, the pro gram cal cu lates and re ports the
re quired ar eas of steel for flex ure and shear based upon the beam mo ments, shears,
load com bi na tion fac tors, and other cri te ria that are de scribed in de tail in the
code-spe cific chap ters. The re in force ment re quire ments are cal cu lated at a user-
defined number of sta tions along the beam span.
8 Design and Check Stations
All of the beams are de signed only for ma jor di rec tion flex ure, shear and tor sion
(tor sion is only ap pli ca ble for ACI de sign code). Ef fects due to any ax ial forces, mi -
nor di rec tion bend ing, and tor sion (ex cept for ACI de sign code) that may ex ist in
the beams must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently by the user.
In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the ma jor mo ment at a par ticu lar sec tion
of a par ticu lar beam, the steps in volve the de ter mi na tion of the maxi mum fac tored
mo ments and the de ter mi na tion of the re in forc ing steel. The beam sec tion is de -
signed for the maxi mum posi tive M
u
+
and maxi mum nega tive M
u
-
fac tored mo ment
en ve lopes ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions. Nega tive beam mo ments
pro duce top steel. In such cases the beam is al ways de signed as a rec tan gu lar sec -
tion. Posi tive beam mo ments pro duce bot tom steel. In such cases the beam may be
de signed as a rect an gu lar or a T beam. For the de sign of flex ural re in force ment, the
beam is first de signed as a sin gly re in forced beam. If the beam sec tion is not ad e -
quate, the re quired com pres sion re in force ment is cal cu lated.
In de sign ing the shear re in force ment for a par tic u lar beam for a par tic u lar set of
load ing com bi na tions at a par tic u lar sta tion due to the beam ma jor shear, the
steps in volve the de ter mi na tion of the fac tored shear force, the de ter mi na tion of
the shear force that can be re sisted by con crete, and the de ter mi na tion of the re in -
force ment steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
Spe cial con sid era tions for seis mic de sign are in cor po rated in ETABS only for ACI,
Ca na dian, and New Zea land codes.
Design of Columns
In the de sign of the col umns, the pro gram cal cu lates the re quired lon gi tu di nal steel,
or if the lon gi tu di nal steel is spec i fied, the col umn stress con di tion is re ported in
terms of a col umn ca pac ity ra tio, which is a fac tor that gives an in di ca tion of the
stress con di tion of the col umn with re spect to the ca pac ity of the col umn. The de -
sign pro ce dure for the re in forced con crete col umns of the struc ture in volves the fol -
low ing steps:
Design of Columns 9
Gen er ate ax ial force-bi axial mo ment in ter ac tion sur faces for all of the dif fer ent
con crete sec tion types of the model. A typ i cal in ter ac tion sur face is shown in
Fig ure II-1.
Check the ca pac ity of each col umn for the fac tored ax ial force and bend ing mo -
ments ob tained from each load ing com bi na tion at each end of the col umn. This
step is also used to cal cu late the re quired re in force ment (if none was spec i fied)
that will pro duce a ca pac ity ra tio of 1.0.
De sign the col umn shear re in force ment
The gen er a tion of the in ter ac tion sur face is based on the as sumed strain and stress
dis tri bu tions and some other sim pli fy ing as sump tions. These stress and strain dis-
10 Design of Columns
Figure II-1
A Typical Column Interaction Surface
tributions and the as sump tions vary from code to code. A typ i cal as sumed strain
dis tri bu tion is de scribed in Fig ure II-2.
Here max i mum com pres sion strain is lim ited to e
c
. For most of the de sign codes,
this as sumed dis tri bu tion re mains valid. How ever, the value of e
c
var ies from code
to code. For ex am ple, e
c
=0.003 for ACI, UBC and New Zea land codes, and
e
c
=0.0035 for Ca na dian, Brit ish and Eu ro pean codes. The de tails of the gen er a tion
of in ter ac tion sur faces dif fer from code to code. These are de scribed in the chap ters
spe cific to the code.
Design of Columns 11
Figure II-2
Idealized Strain Distribution for generation of Interaction Surfaces
A typ i cal in ter ac tion sur face is shown in Fig ure II-1. The col umn ca pac ity in ter ac -
tion vol ume is nu mer i cally de scribed by a se ries of dis crete points that are gen er -
ated on the three-di men sional in ter ac tion fail ure sur face. The co or di nates of these
points are de ter mined by ro tat ing a plane of lin ear strain in three di men sions on the
sec tion of the col umn as de scribed in Fig ure II-2.
The area as so ci ated with each rebar is placed at the ac tual lo ca tion of the cen ter of
the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any sim pli fi ca tions in the man ner in
which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross-sec tion of the col umn. The in ter -
ac tion al go rithm pro vides cor rec tions to ac count for the con crete area that is dis -
placed by the re in forc ing in the com pres sion zone.
The ef fects of code-spec i fied strength re duc tion fac tors and max i mum limit on the
ax ial ca pac ity are in cor po rated in the in ter ac tion sur faces. The for mu la tion is based
con sis tently upon the gen eral prin ci ples of ul ti mate strength de sign, and al lows for
rect an gu lar, square or cir cu lar, dou bly sym met ric col umn sec tions. In ad di tion to
ax ial com pres sion and bi axial bend ing, the for mu la tion al lows for ax ial ten sion and
bi axial bend ing con sid er ations, as shown in Fig ure II-1.
The ca pac ity check is based on whether the de sign load points lie in side the in ter ac -
tion vol ume in a force space, as shown in Fig ure II-3 . If the point lies in side the vol -
ume, the col umn ca pac ity is ad e quate, and vice versa. The point in the in ter ac tion
vol ume (P, M
x
, and M
y
) which is rep re sented by point L is placed in the in ter ac -
tion space as shown in Fig ure II-3 . If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume,
the col umn ca pac ity is ad e quate; how ever, if the point lies out side the in ter ac tion
vol ume, the col umn is over stressed. As a mea sure of the stress con di tion of the col -
umn, a ca pac ity ra tio is cal cu lated. This ra tio is achieved by plot ting the point L, de -
fined by P, M
x
and M
y
, and de ter min ing the lo ca tion of point C. The point C is de -
fined as the point where the line OL (if ex tended out wards) will in ter sect the fail ure
sur face. This point is de ter mined by three-di men sional lin ear in ter po la tion be tween
the points that de fine the fail ure sur face. The ca pac ity ra tio, CR, is given by the ra -
tio OL OC .
If OL = OC (or CR=1) the point lies on the in ter ac tion sur face and the col umn is
stressed to ca pac ity.
If OL < OC (or CR<1) the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume and the col -
umn ca pac ity is ad e quate.
If OL > OC (or CR>1) the point lies out side the in ter ac tion vol ume and the col -
umn is over stressed.
The ca pac ity ra tio is ba si cally a fac tor that gives an in di ca tion of the stress con di -
tion of the col umn with re spect to the ca pac ity of the col umn. In other words, if the
ax ial force and bi axial mo ment set for which the col umn is be ing checked is am pli -
fied by di vid ing it by the re ported ca pac ity ra tio, the point de fined by the re sult ing
ax ial force and bi axial mo ment set will lie on the fail ure (or in ter ac tion vol ume)
sur face.
The shear re in force ment de sign pro ce dure for col umns is very sim i lar to that for
beams, ex cept that the ef fect of the ax ial force on the con crete shear ca pac ity needs
to be con sid ered.
For cer tain spe cial seis mic cases, the de sign of col umn for shear is based on the ca -
pac ity-shear. The ca pac ity-shear force in a par tic u lar di rec tion is cal cu lated from
the mo ment ca pac i ties of the col umn as so ci ated with the fac tored ax ial force act ing
Design of Columns 13
Figure II-3
Geometric Representation of Column Capacity Ratio
on the col umn. For each load com bi na tion, the fac tored ax ial load is cal cu lated, us -
ing the anal y sis load cases and the cor re spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors. Then,
the mo ment ca pac ity of the col umn in a par tic u lar di rec tion un der the in flu ence of
the ax ial force is cal cu lated, us ing the uni ax ial in ter ac tion di a gram in the cor re -
spond ing di rec tion as shown in Fig ure II-4.
Figure II-4
Moment Capacity M
u
at a Given Axial Load P
u
Design of Joints
This sec tion is ap pli ca ble to ETABS only.
To en sure that the beam-col umn joint of spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames pos sesses
ad e quate shear strength, the pro gram per forms a ra tio nal anal y sis of the beam-col -
umn panel zone to de ter mine the shear forces that are gen er ated in the joint. The
pro gram then checks this against de sign shear strength.
Only joints hav ing a col umn be low the joint are de signed. The ma te rial prop er ties
of the joint are as sumed to be the same as those of the col umn be low the joint.
The joint anal y sis is performed in the ma jor and the mi nor di rec tions of the col umn.
The joint de sign pro ce dure in volves the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the panel zone de sign shear force, V

u
h
De ter mine the ef fec tive area of the joint
Check panel zone shear stress
The fol low ing three sec tions de scribe in de tail the al go rithms as so ci ated with these
steps.
De ter mine the Panel Zone Shear Force
For a par tic u lar col umn di rec tion, ma jor or mi nor, the free body stress con di tion of
a typ i cal beam-col umn in ter sec tion is shown in Fig ure II-5.
The force V
u
h
is the hor i zon tal panel zone shear force that is to be cal cu lated. The
forces that act on the joint are P
u
, V
u
, M
u
L
and M
u
R
. The forces P
u
and V
u
are ax ial
force and shear force, re spec tively, from the col umn fram ing into the top of the
joint. The mo ments M
u
L
and M
u
R
are ob tained from the beams fram ing into the
joint. The joint shear force V
u
h
is cal cu lated by re solv ing the mo ments into C and T
forces. Not ing that T C
L L
= and T C
R R
= ,
V = T + T - V
u
h
L R u
The lo ca tion of C or T forces is de ter mined by the di rec tion of the mo ment. The
mag ni tude of C or T forces is con ser va tively de ter mined us ing ba sic prin ci ples of
ul ti mate strength the ory, ig nor ing com pres sion re in force ment as fol lows. The max -
i mum com pres sion, C
max
, and the max i mum mo ment, M
max
, that can be car ried by
the beam is cal cu lated first.
Design of Joints 15
C =
max
0.85 f bd
c
M = C
max max
d
2
Then the C and T forces are con ser va tively de ter mined as fol lows:
16 Design of Joints
Fig ure II-5
Beam- Column Joint Analy sis
( )
C = T = C
max
max
1 1 - -
abs M
M
The mo ments and the C and T forces from beams that frame into the joint in a di rec -
tion that is not par al lel to the ma jor or mi nor di rec tions of the col umn are re solved
along the di rec tion that is be ing in ves ti gated, thereby con trib ut ing force com po -
nents to the anal y sis. Also C and T are cal cu lated for the pos i tive and neg a tive mo -
ments con sid er ing the fact that the con crete cover may be dif fer ent for the di rec tion
of mo ment.
In the de sign of spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, the eval u a tion of the de -
sign shear force is based upon the mo ment ca pac i ties (with re in forc ing steel
overstrength fac tor, a, and no j fac tors) of the beams fram ing into the joint,
(ACI 21.5.1.1, UBC 1921.5.1.1). The C and T force are based upon these mo ment
ca pac i ties. The col umn shear force V
u
is cal cu lated from the beam mo ment ca pac i -
ties as fol lows:
V =
M + M
H
u
u
L
u
R
See Fig ure II-6. It should be noted that the points of in flec tion shown on Fig ure II-6
are taken as mid way be tween ac tual lat eral sup port points for the col umns. If there
is no col umn at the top of the joint, the shear force from the top of the col umn is
taken as zero.
The ef fects of load re ver sals, as il lus trated in Case 1 and Case 2 of Fig ure II-5, are
in ves ti gated and the de sign is based upon the max i mum of the joint shears ob tained
from the two case
Design of Joints 17
De ter mine the Ef fec tive Area of Joint
The joint area that re sists the shear forces is as sumed al ways to be rect an gu lar in
plan view. The di men sions of the rect an gle cor re spond to the ma jor and mi nor di -
men sions of the col umn be low the joint, ex cept if the beam fram ing into the joint is
very nar row. The ef fec tive width of the joint area to be used in the cal cu la tion is
lim ited to the width of the beam plus the depth of the col umn. The area of the joint
18 Design of Joints
Figure II-6
Col umn Shear Force, V
u
is as sumed not to ex ceed the area of the col umn be low. The joint area for joint shear
along the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions is cal cu lated sep a rately (ACI R21.5.3).
It should be noted that if the beam frames into the joint ec cen tri cally, the above as -
sump tions may be unconservative and the user should in ves ti gate the ac cept abil ity
of the par tic u lar joint.
Check Panel Zone Shear Stress
The panel zone shear stress is eval u ated by di vid ing the shear force V
u
h
by the ef fec -
tive area of the joint and com par ing it with the fol low ing de sign shear strengths
(ACI 21.5.3, UBC 1921.5.3) :
v
f
c
=
20 for joints confined on all four sides,

15
j
j
,
f
c
, for joints confined on three faces or on two opposite faces,

12 for all other joints, j f
c
,
where j = 0.85 (by de fault). (ACI 9.3.2.3, UBC 1909.3.2.3, 1909.3.4.1)
A beam that frames into a face of a col umn at the joint is con sid ered in program to
pro vide con fine ment to the joint if at least three-quar ters of the face of the joint is
cov ered by the fram ing mem ber (ACI 21.5.3.1, UBC 1921.5.3.1).
For light-weight ag gre gate con crete, the de sign shear strength of the joint is re -
duced in pro gram to at least three-quar ters of that of the nor mal weight con crete by
re plac ing the f
c
with
{ }
min ,
,
f f f
cs factor c c

3 4 (ACI 21.5.3.2, UBC 1921.5.3.2)
For joint de sign, the pro gram re ports the joint shear, the joint shear stress, the al -
low able joint shear stress and a ca pac ity ra tio.
Design of Joints 19
Beam/Column Flexural Capacity Ratios
This sec tion is ap pli ca ble to ETABS only.
At a par tic u lar joint for a par tic u lar col umn di rec tion, ma jor or mi nor, the pro gram
will cal cu late the ra tio of the sum of the beam mo ment ca pac i ties to the sum of the
col umn mo ment ca pac i ties, (ACI 21.4.2.2, UBC 1921.4.2.2. CSA 21.5.1.2).
M M
e g
6
5
(ACI 21.4.2.2, UBC 1921.4.2.2)
The ca pac i ties are cal cu lated with no re in forc ing overstrength fac tor, a , and in -
clud ing j fac tors. The beam ca pac i ties are cal cu lated for re versed sit u a tions (Cases
1 and 2) as il lus trated in Fig ure II-5 and the max i mum sum ma tion ob tained is used.
The mo ment ca pac i ties of beams that frame into the joint in a di rec tion that is not
par al lel to the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the col umn are re solved along the di rec -
tion that is be ing in ves ti gated and the re solved com po nents are added to the sum -
ma tion.
The col umn ca pac ity sum ma tion in cludes the col umn above and the col umn be low
the joint. For each load com bi na tion the ax ial force, P
u
, in each of the col umns is
cal cu lated from the ETABS anal y sis load com bi na tions. For each load com bi na -
tion, the mo ment ca pac ity of each col umn un der the in flu ence of the cor re spond ing
ax ial load P
u
is then de ter mined sep a rately for the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions of the
col umn, us ing the uni ax ial col umn in ter ac tion di a gram: see Fig ure II-4. The mo -
ment ca pac i ties of the two col umns are added to give the ca pac ity sum ma tion for
the cor re spond ing load com bi na tion. The max i mum ca pac ity sum ma tions ob tained
from all of the load com bi na tions are used for the beam/col umn ca pac ity ra tio.
The beam/col umn flex ural ca pac ity ra tios are re ported for Spe cial Mo ment-Re sist -
ing Frames in volv ing seis mic de sign load com bi na tions only.
P-D Effects
The pro gram de sign process re quires that the analy sis re sults in clude the P-D ef -
fects. The P-D ef fects are con sid ered dif fer ently for braced or non sway and
un braced or sway com po nents of mo ments in col umns or frames. For the
braced mo ments in col umns, the ef fect of P-D is lim ited to "in di vid ual mem ber sta -
bil ity." For un braced com po nents,"lat eral drift ef fects" should be con sid ered in ad -
di tion to in di vid ual mem ber sta bil ity ef fect. In the pro gram, it is as sumed that
braced or non sway mo ments are con trib uted from the dead or live loads.
20 Beam/Column Flexural Capacity Ratios
Whereas, un braced or sway mo ments are con trib uted from all other types of
loads.
For the in di vid ual mem ber sta bil ity ef fects, the mo ments are mag ni fied using mo -
ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors, as in the ACI, Ca na dian, and New Zea land codes or
using ad di tional mo ments, as in the Brit ish and Euro pean codes.
For lat eral drift ef fects, the pro gram as sumes that the P-D analy sis is per formed
and that the am pli fi ca tion is al ready in cluded in the re sults. The mo ments and
forces ob tained from P-D analy sis are fur ther am pli fied for in di vid ual col umn sta -
bil ity ef fect if re quired by the gov ern ing code, as in the ACI, Ca na dian, and New
Zea land codes.
Us ers should be aware that the de fault analy sis op tion in the pro gram is turned OFF
for P-D ef fect. The user can turn the P-D analy sis ON and set the maxi mum number
of it era tions for the analy sis. The de fault number of it era tion for P-D analy sis is 1.
For more in for ma tion, re fer to the CSI Analy sis Ref er ence man ual (CSI 2005c).
Element Unsupported Lengths
To ac count for col umn slen der ness ef fects, the col umn un sup ported lengths are re -
quired. The two un sup ported lengths are l
33
and l
22
. These are the lengths be tween
sup port points of the ele ment in the cor re spond ing di rec tions. The length l
33
cor re -
sponds to in sta bil ity about the 3-3 axis (ma jor axis), and l
22
cor re sponds to in sta bil -
ity about the 2-2 axis (mi nor axis).
Normally, the un sup ported el e ment length is equal to the length of the el e ment, i.e.,
the dis tance be tween END-I and END-J of the el e ment. See Fig ure II-7. The pro -
gram, how ever, al lows us ers to as sign sev eral el e ments to be treated as a sin gle
mem ber for de sign. This can be accomplished dif fer ently for ma jor and mi nor
bend ing. There fore, ex tra ne ous joints, as shown in Fig ure II-8, that af fect the un -
sup ported length of an el e ment are au to mat i cally taken into con sid er ation.
In de ter min ing the val ues for l
22
and l
33
of the el e ments, the pro gram rec og nizes
var i ous as pects of the struc ture that have an ef fect on these lengths, such as mem ber
con nec tiv ity, di a phragm con straints and sup port points. The pro gram au to mat i -
cally lo cates the el e ment sup port points and eval u ates the cor re spond ing un sup -
ported el e ment length.
There fore, the un sup ported length of a col umn may ac tu ally be eval u ated as be ing
greater than the cor re spond ing el e ment length. If the beam frames into only one di -
rec tion of the col umn, the beam is as sumed to give lat eral sup port only in that di rec -
tion.
Element Unsupported Lengths 21
The user has op tions to spec ify the un sup ported lengths of the el e ments on an el e -
ment-by-el e ment ba sis.
22 Element Unsupported Lengths
l
33
l
22
E
l
e
m
e
n
t
A
x
i
s
E
N
D
I
E
N
D
J
3
2
1
Figure II-7
Axes of Bending and Unsupported Length
Figure II-8
Unsupported Lengths and Interior Nodes
Special Considerations for Seismic Loads
The ACI code im poses a spe cial duc til ity re quire ment for frames in seis mic re gions
by spec i fy ing frames as Or di nary, In ter me di ate, or Spe cial mo ment re sist ing
frames. The Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frame can pro vide the re quired duc til ity and
en ergy dis si pa tion in the non lin ear range of cy clic de for ma tion. The UBC code re -
quires that the con crete frame must be in Zone 1, Zone 2, Zone 3, or Zone 4, where
Zone 4 is des ig nated as the zone of se vere earth quake. The Ca na dian code re quires
that the con crete frame must be de signed as ei ther an Or di nary, Nom i nal, or Duc tile
mo ment re sist ing frame. The New Zea land code also re quires that the con crete
frame must be de signed as ei ther an Or di nary, Elas ti cally re spond ing, frames with
Lim ited duc til ity, or Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frame.
Un like the ACI, Ca na dian, and New Zea land codes, the cur rent im ple men ta tion of
the Brit ish code and the Eurocode 2 in the pro gram does not ac count for any spe cial
re quire ments for seis mic de sign.
Choice of Input Units
Eng lish as well as SI and MKS met ric units can be used for in put. But the codes are
based on a spe cific sys tem of units. All equa tions and de scrip tions pre sented in the
sub se quent chap ters cor re spond to that spe cific sys tem of units un less oth er wise
noted. For ex am ple, the ACI code is pub lished in inch- pound- second units. By de -
fault, all equa tions and de scrip tions pre sented in the chap ter "De sign for ACI
318-99" cor re spond to inch- pound- second units. How ever, any sys tem of units can
be used to de fine and de sign the struc ture in the pro gram.
Special Considerations for Seismic Loads
23
C h a p t e r III
Design for ACI 318-99
This chap ter de scribes in de tail the vari ous as pects of the con crete de sign pro ce dure
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the ACI 318-99 De sign Code
(ACI 1999). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table III-1.
The de sign is based on user- specified load ing com bi na tions. The pro gram pro vides
a set of de fault load com bi na tions that should sat isfy re quire ments for the de sign of
most build ing type struc tures.
The pro gram pro vides op tions to de sign or check Or di nary, In ter me di ate (mod er ate
seis mic risk ar eas), and Spe cial (high seis mic risk ar eas) mo ment re sist ing frames
as re quired for seis mic de sign pro vi sions. The de tails of the de sign cri te ria used for
the dif fer ent fram ing sys tems are de scribed in the fol low ing sec tions.
Eng lish as well as SI and MKS met ric units can be used for in put. The code is based
on Inch- Pound- Second units. For sim plic ity, all equa tions and de scrip tions pre -
sented in this chap ter cor re spond to Inch- Pound- Second units un less oth er wise
noted.
The de sign load com bi na tions are the vari ous com bi na tions of the pre scribed load
cases for which the struc ture is to be checked. For the ACI 318-99 code, if a struc -
A
cv
Area of con crete used to de ter mine shear stress, sq- in
A
g
Gross area of con crete, sq- in
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment, sq- in
A
s
Area of compression re in force ment, sq- in

A
s required ( )
Area of steel re quired for ten sion re in force ment, sq- in
A
st
To tal area of col umn lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, sq- in
A
v
Area of shear re in force ment, sq- in
a Depth of com pres sion block, in
a
b
Depth of com pres sion block at bal anced condition, in
b Width of mem ber, in
b
f
Ef fec tive width of flange (T- Beam sec tion), in
b
w
Width of web (T- Beam sec tion), in
C
m
Co ef fi cient, de pend ent upon col umn cur va ture, used to cal cu late mo -
ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor
c Depth to neu tral axis, in
c
b
Depth to neu tral axis at bal anced con di tions, in
d Dis tance from com pres sion face to ten sion re in force ment, in
d Con crete cover to cen ter of re in forc ing, in
d
s
Thick ness of slab (T- Beam sec tion), in
E
c
Modu lus of elas tic ity of con crete, psi
E
s
Modu lus of elas tic ity of re in force ment, as sumed as 29,000,000 psi
f
c
Speci fied com pres sive strength of con crete, psi

f
y
Speci fied yield strength of flex ural re in force ment, psi
f
ys
Speci fied yield strength of shear re in force ment, psi
h Di men sion of col umn, in
I
g
Mo ment of in er tia of gross con crete sec tion about cen troi dal axis,
ne glect ing re in force ment, in
4
I
se
Mo ment of in er tia of re in force ment about cen troi dal axis of
mem ber cross sec tion, in
4
k Ef fec tive length factor
L Clear un sup ported length, in
Table III-1
List of Symbols Used in the ACI code
Chapter III Design for ACI 318-99
M
1
Smaller fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, lb- in
M
2
Larger fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, lb- in
M
c
Factored mo ment to be used in design, lb- in
M
ns
Non sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, lb-in
M
s
Sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, lb-in
M
u
Fac tored mo ment at section, lb- in
M
ux
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about X-axis, lb- in
M
uy
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about Y-axis, lb- in
P
b
Ax ial load ca pac ity at bal anced strain con di tions, lb
P
c
Criti cal buck ling strength of col umn, lb
P
max
Maxi mum ax ial load strength al lowed, lb
P
0
Ax ial load ca pac ity at zero ec cen tric ity, lb
P
u
Fac tored ax ial load at sec tion, lb
r Ra dius of gy ra tion of col umn sec tion, in
V
c
Shear re sisted by con crete, lb
V
E
Shear force caused by earth quake loads, lb
V
D L +
Shear force from span load ing, lb
V
u
Fac tored shear force at a sec tion, lb
V
p
Shear force com puted from prob able mo ment ca pac ity, lb
a Re in forc ing steel over strength fac tor
b
1
Fac tor for ob tain ing depth of com pres sion block in con crete
b
d
Ab so lute value of ra tio of maxi mum fac tored ax ial dead load to maxi -
mum fac tored ax ial to tal load
d
s
Mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for sway mo ments
d
ns
Mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for nonsway moments
e
c
Strain in con crete
e
s
Strain in re in forc ing steel
j Strength re duc tion fac tor
Table III-1
List of Symbols Used in the ACI code (continued)
ture is sub jected to dead load (DL) and live load (LL) only, the stress check may
need only one load com bi na tion, namely 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL (ACI 9.2.1). How ever, in
ad di tion to the dead and live loads, if the struc ture is sub jected to wind (WL) and
earth quake (EL) loads, and con sid er ing that wind and earth quake forces are re -
versi ble, then the fol low ing load com bi na tions must be con sid ered (ACI 9.2).
1.4 DL
1.4 DL + 1.7 LL (ACI 9.2.1)
0.9 DL 1.3 WL
0.75 (1.4 DL + 1.7 LL 1.7 WL) (ACI 9.2.2)
0.9 DL 1.3 * 1.1 EL
0.75 (1.4 DL + 1.7 LL 1.7 * 1.1 EL) (ACI 9.2.3)
These are also the de fault de sign load com bi na tions in the pro gram when ever the
ACI 318-99 code is used.
Live load re duc tion fac tors can be ap plied to the mem ber forces of the live load
con di tion on an element- by- element ba sis to re duce the con tri bu tion of the live load
to the fac tored load ing.
Strength Reduction Factors
The strength re duc tion fac tors, j, are ap plied on the nom i nal strength to ob tain the
de sign strength pro vided by a mem ber. The j fac tors for flex ure, ax ial force, shear,
and tor sion are as fol lows:
j = 0.90 for flex ure, (ACI 9.3.2.1)
j = 0.90 for ax ial ten sion, (ACI 9.3.2.2)
j = 0.90 for ax ial ten sion and flex ure, (ACI 9.3.2.2)
j = 0.75 for ax ial com pres sion, and ax ial com pres sion
and flex ure (spi rally re in forced col umn), (ACI 9.3.2.2)
and flex ure (tied col umn), and (ACI 9.3.2.2)
j = 0.85 for shear and tor sion. (ACI 9.3.2.3)
28 Strength Reduction Factors
Column Design
The user may de fine the ge ome try of the re in forc ing bar con figu ra tion of each con -
crete col umn sec tion. If the area of re in forc ing is pro vided by the user, the pro gram
checks the col umn ca pac ity. How ever, if the area of re in forc ing is not pro vided by
the user, the pro gram cal cu lates the amount of re in forc ing re quired for the col umn.
The de sign pro ce dure for the re in forced con crete col umns of the struc ture in volves
the fol low ing steps:
Gen er ate ax ial force/bi axial mo ment in ter ac tion sur faces for all of the dif fer ent
con crete sec tion types of the model. A typ i cal bi axial in ter ac tion sur face is
shown in Fig ure II-1. When the steel is un de fined, the pro gram gen er ates the
in ter ac tion sur faces for the range of al low able re in force ment 1 to 8 per cent
for Or di nary and In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames (ACI 10.9.1) and 1 to 6
per cent for Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames (ACI 21.4.3.1).
Cal cu late the ca pac ity ra tio or the re quired re in forc ing area for the fac tored ax -
ial force and bi ax ial (or uni ax ial) bend ing mo ments ob tained from each load ing
com bi na tion at each sta tion of the col umn. The tar get ca pac ity ra tio is taken as
one when cal cu lat ing the re quired re in forc ing area.
De sign the col umn shear re in force ment.
The fol low ing three sub sec tions de scribe in de tail the al go rithms as so ci ated with
these steps.
Generation of Biaxial Interaction Surfaces
The col umn ca pac ity in ter ac tion vol ume is nu meri cally de scribed by a se ries of dis -
crete points that are gen er ated on the three- dimensional in ter ac tion fail ure sur face.
In ad di tion to ax ial com pres sion and bi ax ial bend ing, the for mu la tion al lows for ax -
ial ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid era tions. A typi cal in ter ac tion dia gram is
shown in Fig ure II-1.
The co or di nates of those points are de ter mined by ro tat ing a plane of lin ear strain in
three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn. See Fig ure II-2. The lin ear strain
dia gram lim its the maxi mum con crete strain, e
c
, at the ex trem ity of the sec tion
to 0.003 (ACI 10.2.3).
The for mu la tion is based con sis tently on the gen eral prin ci ples of ul ti mate strength
de sign (ACI 10.3), and al lows for any dou bly sym met ric rec tan gu lar, square, or cir -
cu lar col umn sec tion.
Column Design 29
The stress in the steel is given by the prod uct of the steel strain and the steel modu -
lus of elas tic ity, e
s s
E , and is lim ited to the yield stress of the steel, f
y
(ACI 10.2.4).
The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is as sumed to be placed at the ac tual
lo ca tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any fur ther sim -
pli fi ca tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross sec -
tion of the col umn, such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der. See Figure III-1.
The con crete com pres sion stress block is as sumed to be rec tan gu lar, with a stress
value of 0.85f
c
(ACI 10.2.7.1). See Figure III-1. The in ter ac tion al go rithm pro -
vides cor rec tion to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by the re in force -
ment in the com pres sion zone.
The ef fects of the strength re duc tion fac tor, j, are in cluded in the gen era tion of the
in ter ac tion sur faces. The maxi mum com pres sive ax ial load is lim ited to jP
n(max)
,
where
j j P = f A - A + f A
c g st y st n(max)
0.85 [ 0.85 ( ) ]
spi ral col umn, (ACI 10.3.5.1)

j j P = f A - A f A
c g st y st n(max)
0.80 [ 0.85 ( ) + ]
tied col umn, (ACI 10.3.5.2)

j = 0.70 for tied col umns, and
30 Column Design
Figure III-1
Idealization of Stress and Strain Distribution in a Column Section
j = 0.75 for spi rally re in forced col umns.
The value of j used in the in ter ac tion di a gram var ies from j
min
to 0.9 based on the
ax ial load. For low val ues of ax ial load, j is in creased lin early from j
min
to 0.9 as
the ax ial load de creases from the smaller of P
b
or 0.1 f A
c g
to zero, where P
b
is the
ax ial force at the bal anced con di tion. In cases in volv ing ax ial ten sion, j is al ways
0.9 (ACI 9.3.2.2).
Check Column Capacity
The col umn ca pac ity is checked for each load ing com bi na tion at each check sta tion
of each col umn. In check ing a par ticu lar col umn for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na -
tion at a par ticu lar sta tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the fac tored mo ments and forces from the analy sis load cases and
the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give P M M
u ux uy
, , and .
De ter mine the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for the col umn mo ments.
Ap ply the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors to the fac tored mo ments. De ter mine
whether the point, de fined by the re sult ing ax ial load and bi ax ial mo ment set,
lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume.
The fac tored mo ments and cor re spond ing mag ni fi ca tion fac tors de pend on the
iden ti fi ca tion of the in di vid ual col umn as ei ther sway or non-sway.
steps.
Determine Factored Moments and Forces
The fac tored loads for a par ticu lar load com bi na tion are ob tained by ap ply ing the
cor re spond ing load fac tors to all the load cases, giv ing P M M
u ux uy
, , and . The fac -
tored mo ments are fur ther in creased for non- sway col umns, if re quired, to ob tain
mini mum ec cen trici ties of (0.6 0.03 + h) inches, where h is the di men sion of the
col umn in the cor re spond ing di rec tion (ACI 10.12.3.2).
Determine Moment Magnification Factors
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are cal cu lated sepa rately for sway (over all sta -
bil ity ef fect), d
s
and for non- sway (in di vid ual col umn sta bil ity ef fect), d
ns
. Also the
mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors in the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions are in gen eral dif -
fer ent.
Column Design 31
The pro gram as sumes that a P-D anal y sis has been per formed in the pro gram and,
there fore, mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway are taken
as unity (ACI 10.10.2). For the P-D anal y sis the load should cor re spond to a load
com bi na tion of 0.75 (1.4 dead load + 1.7 live load)/j, where j is the understrength
fac tor for sta bil ity which is taken as 0.75 (ACI 10.12.3). See also White and Hajjar
(1991).
The mo ment ob tained from analy sis is sepa rated into two com po nents: the sway
( ) M
s
and the non- sway (M
ns
) com po nents. The non- sway com po nents, which are
iden ti fied by ns sub scripts, are pre domi nantly caused by grav ity load. The sway
com po nents are iden ti fied by the s sub scripts. The sway mo ments are pre domi -
nantly caused by lat eral loads, and are re lated to the cause of sidesway.
For in di vid ual col umns or column- members in a floor, the mag ni fied mo ments
about two axes at any sta tion of a col umn can be ob tained as
M M M
ns s s
= +d . (ACI 10.13.3)
The fac tor d
s
is the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for mo ments caus ing side sway.
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for sway mo ments, d
s
, is taken as 1 be cause the
com po nent mo ments M
s
and M
ns
are ob tained from a sec ond or der elas tic (P-D)
analy sis (ACI R10.13).
The com puted mo ments are fur ther am pli fied for in di vid ual col umn sta bil ity ef fect
(ACI 10.13.5) by the non sway mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
ns
, as fol lows:
M M
c ns
=d
2
, where (ACI 10.12.3)
M
c
is the fac tored mo ment to be used in de sign, and
M
2
is the larger fac tored and am pli fied end mo ment.
The non- sway mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
ns
, as so ci ated with the ma jor or mi -
nor di rec tion of the col umn is given by (ACI 10.12.3)
d
ns
m
u
c
C

P
P
=
0.75
1.0
1 -
, where
P =
EI
kl
c
u
p
2
2
( )
,
k is con ser va tively taken as 1, how ever the pro gram al lows the user to over ride
this value, and
32 Column Design
EI is as so ci ated with a par ticu lar col umn di rec tion given by:
EI =
E I
+
c g
d
0.4
1 b
,
b
d
=
maximum factored axial dead load
maximum factored axial total load
, and
C = +
M
M
m
a
b
0.6 0.4 0.4 . (ACI 10.12.3.1)
M
a
and M
b
are the mo ments at the ends of the col umn, and M
b
is nu meri cally
larger than M
a
. M M
a b
is posi tive for sin gle cur va ture bend ing and nega tive
for dou ble cur va ture bend ing. The pre ced ing ex pres sion of C
m
is valid if there
is no trans verse load ap plied be tween the sup ports. If trans verse load is pres ent
on the span, or the length is over writ ten, or for any other case, C
m
=1 . C
m
can
be over writ ten by the user on an el e ment-by-el e ment ba sis.
The mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
ns
, must be a posi tive number and greater than one.
There fore, P
u
must be less than 0.75P
c
. If P
u
is found to be greater than or equal to
0.75P
c
, a fail ure con di tion is de clared.
The pre ced ing cal cu la tions use the un sup ported length of the col umn. The two un -
sup ported lengths are l
22
and l
33
, cor re spond ing to in sta bil ity in the mi nor and ma -
jor di rec tions of the ele ment, re spec tively. See Figure II-7. These are the lengths
be tween the sup port points of the ele ment in the cor re spond ing di rec tions.
If the pro gram as sump tions are not sat is fac tory for a par ticu lar mem ber, the user
can ex plic itly spec ify val ues of d d
s ns
and .
Determine Capacity Ratio
As a meas ure of the stress con di tion of the col umn, a ca pac ity ra tio is cal cu lated.
tion of the col umn with re spect to the ca pac ity of the col umn.
Be fore en ter ing the in ter ac tion dia gram to check the col umn ca pac ity, the mo ment
mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied to the fac tored loads to ob tain P M M
u ux uy
, , and .
The point (P M M
u ux uy
,
,
) is then placed in the in ter ac tion space shown as point L in
Fig ure II-3. If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is
ade quate; how ever, if the point lies out side the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn is
over stressed.
Column Design 33
This ca pac ity ra tio is achieved by plot ting the point L and de ter min ing the lo ca tion
of point C. The point C is de fined as the point where the line OL (if ex tended out -
wards) will in ter sect the fail ure sur face. This point is de ter mined by three-
dimensional lin ear in ter po la tion be tween the points that de fine the fail ure sur face.
See Fig ure II-3. The ca pac ity ra tio, CR, is given by the ra tio
OL
OC
.
umn ca pac ity is ade quate.
The maxi mum of all the val ues of CR cal cu lated from each load com bi na tion is re -
ported for each check sta tion of the col umn along with the con trol ling,
P M M
u ux uy
, , and set and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
If the re in forc ing area is not de fined, the pro gram com putes the re in force ment that
will give an in ter ac tion ra tio of unity.
Design Column Shear Reinforcement
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load ing com bi na tion in the ma jor and
mi nor di rec tions of the col umn. In de sign ing the shear re in forc ing for a par ticu lar
col umn for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na tion due to shear forces in a par ticu lar di -
rec tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the fac tored forces act ing on the sec tion, P
u
and V
u
. Note that P
u
is
needed for the cal cu la tion of V
c
.
De ter mine the shear force, V
c
, that can be re sisted by con crete alone.
Cal cu late the re in force ment steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
For Spe cial and In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames (duc tile frames), the shear
de sign of the col umns is also based upon the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci -
ties of the mem bers, re spec tively, in ad di tion to the fac tored mo ments. Ef fects of
the ax ial forces on the col umn mo ment ca paci ties are in cluded in the for mu la tion.
steps.
34 Column Design
Determine Section Forces
In the de sign of the col umn shear re in force ment of an Or di nary mo ment re -
sist ing con crete frame, the forces for a par ticu lar load com bi na tion, namely,
the col umn ax ial force, P
u
, and the col umn shear force, V
u
, in a par ticu lar di rec -
tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the pro gram analy sis load cases with the cor re -
spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors.
In the shear de sign of Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames (seis mic de sign), the
fol low ing are checked in ad di tion to the re quire ment for the Or di nary mo ment
re sist ing frames. In the de sign of Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, the
de sign shear force in a col umn, V
u
, in a par ticu lar di rec tion is also cal cu lated
from the prob able mo ment ca paci ties of the col umn as so ci ated with the fac -
tored ax ial force act ing on the col umn.
For each load com bi na tion, the fac tored ax ial load, P
u
, is cal cu lated. Then, the
posi tive and nega tive mo ment ca paci ties, M
u
+
and M
u
-
, of the col umn in a par -
ticu lar di rec tion un der the in flu ence of the ax ial force P
u
are cal cu lated us ing
the uni ax ial in ter ac tion dia gram in the cor re spond ing di rec tion. The de sign
shear force, V
u
, is then given by (ACI 21.4.5.1)
V V + V
u p D+ L
= (ACI 21.4.5.1)
where, V
p
is the shear force ob tained by ap ply ing the cal cu lated prob able ul ti -
mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the col umn act ing in two op po site
di rec tions. There fore, V
p
is the maxi mum of V
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
+
, M
I
-
= Posi tive and nega tive mo ment ca paci ties at end I of
the col umn us ing a steel yield stress value of af
y

and no j fac tors (j =1.0),
M
J
+
, M
J
-
= Pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties at end J of
y

and no j fac tors (j =1.0), and
L = Clear span of col umn.
Column Design 35
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames, a is taken as 1.25 (ACI R21.4.5.1). V
D L +
is the con tri bu tion of shear force from the in- span dis tri bu tion of grav ity loads.
For most of the col umns, it is zero.
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear ca pac ity of the col umn
is also checked for the de sign nom i nal shear based on the nom i nal mo ment ca -
pac i ties at the ends and the fac tored grav ity loads, in ad di tion to the check re -
quired for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The de sign shear force is taken to
be the min i mum of that based on the nom i nal (j =1.0) mo ment ca pac ity and
fac tored shear force. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity
is the same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for Spe cial mo -
ment re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 rather than 1.25 (ACI
R21.10). The fac tored shear forces are based on the spec i fied load fac tors, ex -
cept the earth quake load fac tors are dou bled (ACI 21.10.3).
Determine Concrete Shear Capacity
Given the de sign force set P
u
and V
u
, the shear force car ried by the con crete, V
c
, is
cal cu lated as fol lows:
If the col umn is sub jected to ax ial com pres sion, i.e., P
u
is posi tive,
V = f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
2 1
2000
, (ACI 11.3.1.2)
where,
f
c
100 psi, and (ACI 11.1.2)

V f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
3.5 1
500
. (ACI 11.3.2.2)
The term
P
A
u
g
must have psi units. A
cv
is the ef fec tive shear area, which is shown
shaded in Figure III-2.
If the col umn is sub jected to ax ial ten sion, P
u
is nega tive,
V = f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
2 1
500
0
(ACI 11.3.2.3)
36 Column Design
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frame de sign, V
c
is set to zero if the
fac tored ax ial com pres sive force, P
u
, in clud ing the earth quake ef fect, is small
( ) P f A /
u c g
<

20 and if the shear force con tri bu tion from earth quake, V
E
, is
more than half of the to tal fac tored maxi mum shear force over the length of the
mem ber V
u
(V V
E u
0.5 ) (ACI 21.4.5.2).

Column Design 37
Figure III-2
Shear Stress Area, A
cv
Determine Required Shear Reinforcement
Given V
u
and V
c
, the re quired shear re in force ment in the form of stir rups or ties
within a spac ing, s, is given by
A =
V / V s
f d
v
u c
ys
( ) j -
, (ACI 11.5.6.2)
( / ) V V f A
u c c cv
j -
8 (ACI 11.5.6.9)
Oth er wise, redimensioning of the con crete sec tion is re quired. Here j, the strength
re duc tion fac tor, is 0.85 (ACI 9.3.2.3). The maxi mum of all the cal cu lated A
v
val -
ues ob tained from each load com bi na tion are re ported for the ma jor and mi nor di -
rec tions of the col umn, along with the con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load
com bi na tion la bel.
The col umn shear re in force ment re quire ments re ported by the pro gram are based
purely on shear strength con sid era tion. Any mini mum stir rup re quire ments to sat -
isfy spac ing con sid era tions or trans verse re in force ment volu met ric con sid era tions
must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently of the pro gram by the user.
Beam Design
In the de sign of con crete beams, the pro gram cal cu late and re port the re quired ar -
eas of steel for flex ure and shear based on the beam mo ments, shears, load com bi -
na tion fac tors, and other cri te ria de scribed herein. The re in force ment re quire ments
are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of check/de sign sta tions along the beam
span.
All the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only. Ef fects
due to any ax ial forces, mi nor di rec tion bend ing, and tor sion that may ex ist in
The beam de sign pro ce dure in volves the fol low ing steps:
De sign beam flex ural re in force ment
De sign beam shear re in force ment
38 Beam Design
Design Beam Flexural Reinforcement
The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at check/de sign sta tions along
the beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the ma jor mo ment for a
par ticu lar beam for a par ticu lar sec tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the maxi mum fac tored mo ments
De ter mine the re in forc ing steel
Determine Factored Moments
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment of Spe cial, In ter me di ate, or Or di nary mo -
ment re sist ing con crete frame beams, the fac tored mo ments for each load com bi na -
tion at a par ticu lar beam sec tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the cor re spond ing mo -
ments for dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing load fac tors.
The beam sec tion is then de signed for the maxi mum posi tive M
u
+
and maxi mum
nega tive M
u
-
fac tored mo ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions
.
Nega tive beam mo ments pro duce top steel. In such cases, the beam is al ways de -
signed as a rec tan gu lar sec tion. Posi tive beam mo ments pro duce bot tom steel. In
such cases, the beam may be de signed as a Rec tan gu lar or a T beam.
Determine Required Flexural Reinforcement
In the flex ural re in force ment de sign pro cess, the pro gram cal cu lates both the ten -
sion and com pres sion re in force ment. Com pres sion re in force ment is added when
the ap plied de sign mo ment ex ceeds the maxi mum mo ment ca pac ity of a sin gly re -
in forced sec tion. The user has the op tion of avoid ing the com pres sion re in force -
ment by in creas ing the ef fec tive depth, the width, or the grade of con crete.
The de sign pro ce dure is based on the sim pli fied rec tan gu lar stress block, as shown
in Figure III-3 (ACI 10.2). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that the com pres sion car ried
by con crete is less than 0.75 times that which can be car ried at the bal anced con di -
tion (ACI 10.3.3). When the ap plied mo ment ex ceeds the mo ment ca pac ity at this
de signed bal anced con di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is cal cu lated
on the as sump tion that the ad di tional mo ment will be car ried by com pres sion and
ad di tional ten sion re in force ment.
The de sign pro ce dure used by the pro gram, for both rec tan gu lar and flanged sec -
tions (L and T beams) is sum ma rized in the text that follows. It is as sumed that the
Beam Design 39
de sign ul ti mate ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.1f A
c g
(ACI 10.3.3): hence all of the

beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
De sign for Rect an gu lar
Beam in de sign ing for a fac tored neg a tive or pos i tive mo ment, M
u
, (i.e., de sign ing
top or bot tom steel) the depth of the com pres sion block is given by a (see Figure
III-3), where,
a d d
M
f b
u
c
= - -
2
2
0.85 j
,
where, the value of j is 0.90 (ACI 9.3.2.1) in the pre ced ing and the fol low ing equa -
tions. Also b
1
and c
b
are cal cu lated as fol lows:
b
1
= 0.85 0.05 -
-

f
c
4000
1000
, 0.65 0.85 b
1
, (ACI 10.2.7.3)
c
E
E + f
d =
+ f
d
b
c s
c s y y
=
e
e
87 000
87 000
. (ACI 10.2.3, 10.2.4)
40 Beam Design
Figure III-3
Design of Rectangular Beam Section
The maxi mum al lowed depth of the com pres sion block is given by
a c
b max
= 0.75b
1
. (ACI 10.2.7.1)
If a a
max
, the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is then given by
A
M
f d
a

s
u
y
=
-
j
2
.
This steel is to be placed at the bot tom if M
u
is posi tive, or at the top if M
u
is
nega tive.
If a a >
max
, com pres sion re in force ment is re quired (ACI 10.3.3) and is cal cu -
lated as fol lows:
The com pres sive force de vel oped in con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c
=

0.85
max
, and (ACI 10.2.7.1)
the mo ment re sisted by con crete com pres sion and ten sile steel is
M C d
a
uc
= -
max
2
j .
There fore the mo ment re sisted by com pres sion steel and ten sile steel is
M M M
us u uc
= - .
So the re quired com pres sion steel is given by
A
M
f d d
s
us
s
=
- ( ) j
, where
f E
c d
c
s s
=
-
0.003 . (ACI 10.2.4)

The re quired ten sile steel for bal anc ing the com pres sion in con crete is
A
M
f d
a
s
uc
y
1
2
=
-
max
j
, and
the ten sile steel for bal anc ing the com pres sion in steel is given by
Beam Design 41
A
M
f d d
s
us
y
2
=
- ( ) j
.
There fore, the to tal ten sile re in force ment A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
, and to tal com -
pres sion re in force ment is A
s
. A
s
is to be placed at bot tom and A
s
is to be
placed at top if M
u
is posi tive, and vice versa if M
u
is nega tive.
Design for T-Beam
In de sign ing for a fac tored nega tive mo ment, M
u
, (i.e., de sign ing top steel), the cal -
cu la tion of the steel area is ex actly the same as de scribed for a Rect an gu lar beam,
i.e., no T- Beam data is to be used. See Figure III-4. If M
u
> 0 , the depth of the com -
pres sion block is given by
a d d
M
f b
u
c f
= - -
2
2
0.85 j
.
a c
b max
= 0.75b
1
.
If a d
s
, the sub se quent cal cu la tions for A
s
are ex actly the same as pre vi -
ously de fined for the rect an gu lar sec tion de sign. How ever, in this case the
width of(ACI 10.2.7.1)
42 Beam Design
the com pres sion flange is taken as the width of the beam for analy sis. Whether
com pres sion re in force ment is re quired de pends on whether a a >
max
.
If a d
s
> , cal cu la tion for A
s
is accomplished in two parts. The first part is for
bal anc ing the com pres sive force from the flange, C
f
, and the sec ond part is for
bal anc ing the com pres sive force from the web, C
w
, as shown in Figure III-4. C
f
is given by
C f b b d
f c f w s
= -
0.85 ( ) .
There fore, A =
C
f
s
f
y
1
and the por tion of M
u
that is re sisted by the flange is
given by
M = C d
d
uf f
s
-
2
j .
Again, the value for j is 0.90. There fore, the bal ance of the mo ment, M
u
to be
car ried by the web is given by
M = M M
uw u uf
- .
Beam Design 43
Figure III-4
Design of a T-Beam Section
The web is a rec tan gu lar sec tion of di men sions b
w
and d, for which the de sign
depth of the com pres sion block is re cal cu lated as
a d d
M
f b
uw
c w
1
2
2
= - -
0.85 j
.
If a a
1
max
, the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is given by
A
M
f d
a
s
uw
y
2
1
2
=
-
j
, and
A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
.
This steel is to be placed at the bot tom of the T- beam.
If a a
1
>
max
, com pres sion re in force ment is re quired (ACI 10.3.3) and is
The com pres sive force in web con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c
=

0.85
max
. (ACI 10.2.7.1)
There fore the mo ment re sisted by con crete web and ten sile steel is
M C d
a
uc
= -
max
2
j , and
the mo ment re sisted by com pres sion steel and ten sile steel is
M M M
us uw uc
= - .
There fore, the com pres sion steel is com puted as
A
M
f d d
s
us
s
=
- ( ) j
, where
f E
c d
c
s s
=
-
0.003 . (ACI 10.2.4)

The ten sile steel for bal anc ing com pres sion in web con crete is
44 Beam Design
A
M
f d
a
s
uc
y
2
2
=
-
max
j
, and
the ten sile steel for bal anc ing com pres sion in steel is
A
M
f d d
s
us
y
3
=
- ( ) j
.
The to tal ten sile re in force ment A A A A
s s s s
= + +
1 2 3
, and to tal com pres -
sion re in force ment is A
s
. A
s
s
is to be
placed at top.
Minimum Tensile Reinforcement
The mini mum flex ural ten sile steel pro vided in a rec tan gu lar sec tion in an Or di nary
mo ment re sist ing frame is given by the mini mum of the two fol low ing lim its:
A
f
f
b d
f
b d
s
c
y
w
y
w
max and
3
200
or (ACI 10.5.1)
A A
s s required
4
3
( ).
(ACI 10.5.3)
Special Consideration for Seismic Design
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de sign
sat is fies the fol low ing ad di tional con di tions (see also Table III-2 for com pre hen -
sive list ing) :
The mini mum lon gi tu di nal re in force ment shall be pro vided at both the top and
bot tom. Any of the top and bot tom re in force ment shall not be less than A
s min ( )
(ACI 21.3.2.1).
A
f
f
b d
f
b d
c
y
w
y
w s(min)

max and
3
200
or (ACI 10.5.1)
A A
s required s(min)

4
3
( )
. (ACI 10.5.3)
The beam flex ural steel is lim ited to a maxi mum given by
Beam Design 45
A b d
s w
0.025 . (ACI 21.3.2.1)
At any end (sup port) of the beam, the beam pos i tive mo ment ca pac ity (i.e., as -
so ci ated with the bot tom steel) would not be less than one-half of the beam neg -
a tive mo ment ca pac ity (i.e., as so ci ated with the top steel) at that end (ACI
21.3.2.2).
Nei ther the nega tive mo ment ca pac ity nor the posi tive mo ment ca pac ity at any
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-quarter of the maxi mum
of posi tive or nega tive mo ment ca paci ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (ACI 21.3.2.2).
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de -
sign would sat isfy the fol low ing con di tions:
At any sup port of the beam, the beam posi tive mo ment ca pac ity would not be
less than one-third of the beam nega tive mo ment ca pac ity at that end (ACI
21.10.4.1).
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-fifth of the maxi mum of
posi tive or nega tive mo ment ca paci ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (ACI 21.10.4.1).
Design Beam Shear Reinforcement
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load com bi na tion at a user-de fined
number of sta tions along the beam span. In de sign ing the shear re in force ment for a
par ticu lar beam for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na tion at a par ticu lar sta tion due to
the beam ma jor shear, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the fac tored shear force, V
u
.
c
, that can be re sisted by the con crete.
De ter mine the re in force ment steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
de sign of the beams is also based on the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci ties
of the mem bers, re spec tively, in ad di tion to the fac tored load de sign.
steps.
46 Beam Design
Determine Shear Force and Moment
In the de sign of the beam shear re in force ment of an Or di nary mo ment re sist -
ing con crete frame, the shear forces and mo ments for a par ticu lar load com bi -
na tion at a par ticu lar beam sec tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the as so ci ated
shear forces and mo ments with the cor re spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors.
In the de sign of Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign),
the shear ca pac ity of the beam is also checked for the prob a ble shear due to the
prob a ble mo ment ca pac i ties at the ends and the fac tored grav ity load. This
check is per formed in ad di tion to the de sign check re quired for Or di nary mo -
ment re sist ing frames. The shear force, V
u
, is cal cu lated from the prob a ble mo -
ment ca pac i ties of each end of the beam and the grav ity shear forces. The pro -
ce dure for cal cu lat ing the de sign shear force in a beam from prob a ble mo ment
ca pac ity is the same as that de scribed for a col umn in the Col umn De sign sec -
tion on page 35. See also Table III-2 for de tails.
The de sign shear force V
u
is then given by (ACI 21.3.4.1)
V V + V
u p D+ L
= (ACI 21.3.4.1)
where, V
p
mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the beams act ing in two op po site di -
rec tions. There fore, V
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with top steel
in ten sion, us ing a steel yield stress value
of af
y
M
J
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with bot tom
steel in ten sion, us ing a steel yield stress
value of af
y
M
I
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with bot tom
value of af
y
Beam Design 47
M
J
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with top steel
of af
y
L = Clear span of beam.
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames, a is taken as 1.25 (ACI R21.3.4.1). V
D L +
is the con tri bu tion of shear force from the in- span dis tri bu tion of grav ity loads.
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear ca pac ity of the beam is
also checked for the de sign nom i nal shear based on the nom i nal mo ment
capacities at the ends and the fac tored grav ity loads, in ad di tion to the check re -
quired for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The de sign shear force in beams
is taken to be the min i mum of that based on the nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity and
fac tored shear force. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal (j =1.0) mo ment
ca pac ity is the same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for
Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 rather than
1.25 (ACI R21.10). The fac tored shear forces are based on the spec i fied load
fac tors, ex cept the earth quake load fac tors are dou bled (ACI 21.10.3). The
com pu ta tion of the de sign shear force in a beam of an In ter me di ate mo ment
re sist ing frame is also the same as that for col umns, which is de scribed ear -
lier on page 36. See also Table III-2 for de tails.
The al low able con crete shear ca pac ity is given by
V = f b d
c c w
2
. (ACI 11.3.1.1)
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frame con crete de sign, V
c
is set to zero if both the fac -
tored ax ial com pres sive force, in clud ing the earth quake ef fect P
u
, is less than
f A /
c g
20, and the shear force con tri bu tion from earth quake V
E
is more than half of
the to tal maxi mum shear force over the length of the mem ber V
u
(i.e. V V
E u
0.5 )
(ACI 21.3.4.2).
Given V V
u c
and , the re quired shear re in force ment in area/unit length is cal cu lated
as
A
V / V s
f d
v
u c
ys
=
- ( ) j
. (ACI 11.5.6.2)
48 Beam Design
The shear force re sisted by steel is lim ited by
( )
V / V f bd
u c c
j -
8 , (ACI 11.5.6.9)
where, j, the strength re duc tion fac tor, is 0.85 (ACI 9.3.2.3). The maxi mum of all
the cal cu lated A
v
val ues, ob tained from each load com bi na tion, is re ported along
with the con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
The beam shear re in force ment re quire ments dis played by the pro gram are based
purely upon shear strength con sid era tions. Any mini mum stir rup re quire ments to
sat isfy spac ing and volu met ric con sid era tions must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently
of the pro gram by the user.
Beam Design 49
Beam Design 50
Type of
Check/
Design
Ordinary Moment
Resisting Frames
(non-Seismic)
Intermediate Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic)
Special Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic)
Column
Check
(interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations
Column
Design
(Interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
a = 1.0
1% < r < 6%
Column
Shears
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
(earthquake loads doubled)
Column Capacity
j = 1.0 and a = 1.0
NLD
a
Combinations and
Column shear capacity
j = 1.0 and a = 1.25
Beam
Design
Flexure
NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.025
r
3 f
f
c
y
, r
200
f
y
Beam Min.
Moment
Override
Check
No Requirement
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
3
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
5
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN

u
+
u

END
- -
1
5
max ,
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
2
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
4
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
-
u
-
u
-
END
1
4
max ,
Beam Design
Shear
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
Beam Capacity Shear (V
P
)
with a = 1.0 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

NLD
a
Combinations
P
)
with a = 1.25 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

V
c
= 0
Table III-2
Design Criteria Table
C h a p t e r IV
Design for BS 8110-97
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the Brit ish limit state de sign code
BS 8110-1997 (BSI 1997). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table
V-1.
on Newton- Millimeter- Second units. For sim plic ity, all equa tions and de scrip tions
pre sented in this chap ter cor re spond to Newton- Millimeter- Second units un less
oth er wise noted.
The de sign load ing com bi na tions de fine the vari ous fac tored com bi na tions of the
load cases for which the struc ture is to be checked. The de sign load ing com bi na -
tions are ob tained by mul ti ply ing the char ac ter is tic loads by ap pro pri ate par tial fac -
tors of safety, g
f
(BS 2.4.1.3). If a struc ture is sub jected to dead load (DL) and live
load (LL) only, the de sign will need only one load ing com bi na tion, namely 1.4
DL + 1.6 LL. How ever, in ad di tion to the dead load and live load, if the struc ture is
A
cv
Area of sec tion for shear re sis tance, mm
2
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment, mm
2

A
s
Area of com pres sion re in force ment, mm

2

A
sc
To tal area of col umn lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, mm
2

A
sv
To tal cross- sectional area of links at the neu tral axis, mm
2
a Depth of com pres sion block, mm
b Width or ef fec tive width of the sec tion in the com pres sion zone, mm
b Shorter sec tion di men sion, mm
Shorter ef fec tive depth of biaxi ally bent col umn, mm
b
f
Width or ef fec tive width of flange, mm
b
w
Av er age web width of a flanged beam, mm
C Com pres sion force, N
d Ef fec tive depth of ten sion re in force ment, mm
d Depth to cen ter of com pres sion re in force ment, mm
E
c
Modu lus of elas tic ity of con crete, MPa
E
s
Modu lus of elas tic ity of re in force ment, as sumed as 200,000 MPa
(BS 2.4.2.3)
e
min
Mini mum or nomi nal ec cen tric ity, mm
f
cu
Char ac ter is tic cube strength at 28 days, MPa
f
s
Com pres sive stress in a beam com pres sion steel, MPa
f
y
Char ac ter is tic strength of re in force ment, MPa
f
yv
Char ac ter is tic strength of link re in force ment, MPa (< 500 MPa)
h Over all depth of a sec tion in the plane of bend ing, mm
h
f
Flange thick ness, mm
K Maxi mum
M
bd f
u
cu
2
for a sin gly re in forced con crete sec tion, taken as
0.156 by as su ming that mo ment re dis tri bu tion is lim ited to 10%
k
1
Shear strength en hance ment fac tor
k
2
Con crete shear strength fac tor,
[ ]
f
cu
25
1 3 /
Table IV-1
List of Symbols Used in the BS 8110-1997 code
Chapter IV Design for BS 8110-97
l
e
Ef fec tive height of a col umn, mm
l
0
Clear height be tween end re straints, mm
M De sign mo ment at a sec tion, N-mm
M M
1 2
, Smaller and larger end mo ments in a slen der col umn, N-mm
M
add
Maxi mum ad di tional mo ment col umn, N-mm
M
i
Ini tial mo ment at the point of maxi mum ad di tional mo ment, N-mm
M M
x y
, Ap plied mo ments about the ma jor and mi nor axes of a col umn, N-mm
N Ul ti mate ax ial load, N
s
v
Spac ing of links, mm
T Ten sion force, N
V Shear force at ul ti mate de sign load, N
v Shear stress, MPa
v
c
De sign ul ti mate shear stress re sis tance of a con crete beam, MPa
v
c
De sign con crete shear stress cor rected for ax ial forces, MPa
v v
x y
, De sign ul ti mate shear stress of a con crete sec tion, MPa
x Neu tral axis depth, mm
x
bal
Depth of neu tral axis in a bal anced sec tion, mm
z Lever arm, mm
b Ef fec tive length fac tor
b
b
Mo ment re dis tri bu tion fac tor in a member
g
f
Par tial safety fac tor for load
g
m
Par tial safety fac tor for ma te rial strength
e
c
Con crete strain
e
s
Strain in ten sion steel
e
s
Strain in com pres sion steel

Table IV-1
List of Symbols Used in the BS 8110-1997 code (continued)
sub jected to wind (WL) or earth quake (EL) loads, and con sid er ing that those loads
are sub ject to re ver sals, the fol low ing load com bi na tions for ul ti mate limit state
should be con sid ered (BS 2.4.3):
1.4 DL
1.4 DL + 1.6 LL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 WL
1.4 DL 1.4 WL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 WL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 EL
1.4 DL 1.4 EL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 EL
These are the de fault load com bi na tions. In ad di tion to the pre ced ing load com bi na -
tions, the code re quires that all build ings be ca pa ble of re sist ing a no tional de sign
ul ti mate hori zon tal load ap plied at each floor or roof level. The no tional load
should be equal to 0.015 times the dead load (BS 3.1.4.2). It is rec om mended that
the user de fine ad di tional load cases to con sider no tional load in the pro gram.
Live load re duc tion fac tors, as al lowed by some de sign codes, can be ap plied to the
mem ber forces of the live load case on a member- by- member ba sis to re duce the
con tri bu tion of the live load to the fac tored load ing.
Design Strength
The de sign strengths for con crete and steel are ob tained by di vid ing the char ac ter is -
tic strength of the ma te rial by a par tial fac tor of safety, g
m
. The val ues of g
m
used in
the pro gram are as follows (BS 2.4.4.1).
g
m
=
1.15, for reinforcement,
1.50, for concrete in flexure and axial load, and
1.25, for shear strength without shear reinforcement.
(BS 2.4.4.1)
Column Design
54 Design Strength
con crete sec tion types of the model. A typi cal bi ax ial in ter ac tion sur face is
in ter ac tion sur faces for the range of al low able re in force ment from 0.4 to 6 per -
cent (BS 3.12.5.3 and BS 3.12.6.2).
these steps.
ial ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid era tions (BS 3.8.4.1). A typi cal in ter ac tion
dia gram is shown in Fig ure II-1.
The co or di nates of these points are de ter mined by ro tat ing a plane of lin ear strain in
three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn (BS 3.4.4.1). See Fig ure II-2. The
lin ear strain dia gram lim its the maxi mum con crete strain, e
c
, at the ex trem ity of the
sec tion, to 0.0035 (BS 3.4.4.1).
The for mu la tion is based con sis tently upon the ba sic prin ci ples of ul ti mate strength
de sign and al lows for any dou bly sym met ric rec tan gu lar, square, or cir cu lar col -
umn sec tion (BS 3.8.4).
The stress in the steel is given by the prod uct of the steel strain and the steel
modulus of elas tic ity, e
s s
E and is lim ited to the de sign strength of the steel, f
y
1.15
or (0.87 f
y
). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is placed at the ac tual lo -
ca tion of the cen ter of the bar, and the al go rithm does not as sume any sim pli fi ca -
tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross-sec tion of
the col umn (such as an equiv a lent steel tube or cyl in der). See Figure IV-1.
Column Design 55
value of 0.67 0.45 f f
cu m cu
g = (BS 3.4.4.1). See Figure IV-1. The in ter ac tion al go -
rithm pro vides cor rec tions to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by the
re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
The col umn ca pac ity is checked for each load ing com bi na tion at each out put sta -
tion of each col umn. In check ing a par ticu lar col umn for a par ticu lar load ing com -
bi na tion at a par ticu lar lo ca tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved:
the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give N V V M M
x y x y
, , , , and .
De ter mine the ad di tional mo ments due to slen der col umn ef fect. Com pute mo -
ments due to mini mum ec cen tric ity.
De ter mine to tal de sign mo ments by add ing the cor re spond ing ad di tional mo -
ments to the fac tored mo ments ob tained from the analy sis. De ter mine whether
the point, de fined by the re sult ing ax ial load and bi ax ial mo ment set, lies within
the in ter ac tion vol ume.
56 Column Design
Figure IV-1
Idealized Stress and Strain Distribution in a Column Section
these steps.
Each load com bi na tion is de fined with a set of load fac tors cor re spond ing to the
load cases. The fac tored loads for a par ticu lar load com bi na tion are ob tained by ap -
ply ing the cor re spond ing load fac tors to the load cases, giv ing N V V
x y
, , , M
x
and
M
y
.
Determine Additional Moments
The de ter mi na tion of ad di tional mo ments de pends on whether the frame is
braced or un braced against sidesway (BS 3.8.1.5). For un braced col umns
ad di tional mo ment is auto mati cally con sid ered in the P-D analy sis. But for
braced col umns, fur ther cal cu la tion is re quired for sta bil ity of in di vid ual col umn
mem bers.
Braced Column
The ad di tional mo ment in a braced col umn in a par ticu lar plane is the prod uct of the
ax ial load and the lat eral de flec tion of the col umn in that plane (BS 3.8.3),
M = N a
add u
, (BS 3.8.3.1)
where, a
u
is the de flec tion at the ul ti mate limit state, which is ob tained from
a Kh
u e
= b and (BS 3.8.3.1)
b
e
e

l
b
=
1
2000
2
. (BS 3.8.3.1)
In the pre ced ing equa tions,
l
e
is the ef fec tive length in the plane un der con sid era tion. It is ob tained from
l = l
e
b
0
, (BS 3.8.1.6.1)
where b is the ef fec tive length fac tor, and l
0
the un sup ported length cor re -
spond ing to in sta bil ity in the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the ele ment, l l
x y
or in
Figure II-7. In cal cu lat ing the value of the ef fec tive length, the b fac tor is con -
ser va tively taken as 1. How ever, program al lows the user to over ride this de -
fault value.
Column Design 57
b is the di men sion of the col umn in the plane of bend ing con sid ered,
h is also the di men sion of the col umn in the plane of bend ing con sid ered, and
K is the cor rec tion fac tor to the de flec tion to take care of the in flu ence of the
ax ial force, and K is con ser va tively taken as 1.
The pro gram then cal cu lates the to tal de sign mo ments by com bin ing the fac tored
mo ments ob tained from analy sis and the ad di tional mo ments. If M
1
and M
2

( ) M M
2 1
> are the ini tial end mo ments in a col umn mem ber in a par ticu lar plane,
the maxi mum de sign mo ment for the col umn is taken as the great est of the fol low -
ing:
M
2
(BS 3.8.3.2)
M + M
add 1
(BS 3.8.3.2)
M + M /
i add
2 (BS 3.8.3.2)
N e
min
(BS 3.8.3.2)
where,
M
i
is the ini tial mo ment in a col umn due to de sign ul ti mate loads at the point of
maxi mum ad di tional mo ment and is given by
M M + M M
i
= 0.4 0.6 0.4
1 2 2
. (BS 3.8.3.2)
M
1
and M
2
are the smaller and the larger end mo ments re spec tively. Both mo -
ments are as sumed to be posi tive if the col umn is in sin gle cur va ture. If the col -
umn is in dou ble cur va ture, M
1
is as sumed to be nega tive.
e
min
is the mini mum ec cen tric ity, which is taken as 0.05 times the over all di -
men sion of the col umn in the plane of bend ing con sid ered, but not more than
20 mm (BS 3.8.2.4).
e
h

min
=
20
20 mm (BS 3.8.2.4)
Unbraced Column
In the case of the un braced col umn, it is as sumed that the pro gram analy sis in cludes
P-D ef fects so that the analy sis re sults in clude the ef fects of the ad di tional mo -
ments. There fore, no ad di tional com pu ta tion is re quired. That means mo ment mag -
ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway are taken as unity. How ever, it is
rec om mended that for P-D analy sis a fac tor be used to ob tain a P equiva lent to 1.2
DL + 1.2 LL (White and Hajjar 1991).
58 Column Design
Also, the mini mum ec cen tric ity re quire ments are sat is fied so the de sign mo ment
should at least be
M N e
u
min
, (BS 3.8.3.2)
where, e
min
is the mini mum ec cen tric ity, which is de scribed in the pre vi ous sec -
tion. In bi ax ial bend ing the al go rithm en sures that the ec cen tric ity ex ceeds the
mini mum about both the axes si mul ta ne ously.
Be fore en ter ing the in ter ac tion dia gram to check the col umn ca pac ity, the de sign
forces N M M
x y
, and
,
are ob tained ac cord ing to the pre vi ous sub sec tions. The
point (N M M
x y
,
,
) is then placed in the in ter ac tion space shown as point L in Fig ure
II-3 . If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is ade -
quate; how ever, if the point lies out side the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn is over -
stressed.
wards) will in ter sect the fail ure sur face. This point is de ter mined by three-di men -
sional lin ear in ter po la tion be tween the points that de fine the fail ure sur face. See
Fig ure II-3. The ca pac ity ra tio, CR, is given by the ra tio
OL
OC
.
ported for each check sta tion of the col umn along with the con trol ling
N M M
x y
Column Design 59
mi nor di rec tions of the col umn. In de sign ing the shear re in force ment for a par ticu -
lar col umn for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na tion due to shear forces in a par ticu lar
di rec tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved (BS 3.8.4.6):
Cal cu late the de sign shear stress from
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (BS 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (BS 3.4.5.12)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (BS 3.4.5.12)
If v ex ceeds ei ther 0.8 f
cu
or 5 N/mm
2
, the sec tion area should be in creased.
Cal cu late the de sign con crete shear stress from (BS 3.8.4.6)
v = v +
N
A
Vd
M
c c
c
0.75 , with (BS 3.4.5.12)
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.79
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
where,
k
1
is the en hance ment fac tor for sup port com pres sion
and is taken con ser va tively as 1, (BS 3.4.5.8)
k
f
cu
2
1
3
=

25
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 , (BS 2.4.4.1)
0.15 3
100 A
bd
s
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
60 Column Design
Vd
M
1 , (BS 3.4.5.12)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
A
s
is the area of ten sile steel.
If v v
c
+0.4 , pro vide mini mum links de fined by
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v
c
+0.4 , pro vide links given by
A
s

v - v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
( )
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
can not be greater than 500 MPA (BS 3.4.5.1).
Beam Design
In the de sign of con crete beams, the pro gram cal cu lates and re ports the re quired ar -
eas of steel for flex ure and shear based upon the beam mo ments, and shears, load
com bi na tion fac tors, and other cri te ria de scribed herein or in the sec tion that
follows. The re in force ment re quire ments are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number
of check sta tions along the beam span.
All the beams are only de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear. Ef fects
The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at a user-de fined number of
check sta tions along the beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the
ma jor mo ment for a par ticu lar beam at a par ticu lar sec tion, the fol low ing steps are
in volved:
Beam Design 61
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment of con crete frame beams, the fac tored mo -
ments for each load com bi na tion at a par ticu lar beam sta tion are ob tained by fac tor -
ing the cor re spond ing mo ments for dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing
load fac tors.
The beam sec tion is then de signed for the maxi mum posi tive and maxi mum nega -
tive fac tored mo ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions at that sec tion.
Nega tive beam mo ments pro duce top steel. In such cases the beam is al ways de -
such cases, the beam may be de signed as a rec tan gu lar sec tion, or T beam ef fects
may be in cluded.
in Figure IV-2 (BS 3.4.4.1). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that mo ment re dis tri bu tion
in the mem ber does not ex ceed 10% (i.e., b
b
0.9) (BS 3.4.4.4). The code also
places a limi ta tion on the neu tral axis depth, x d 0.5, to safe guard against non-
ductile fail ures (BS 3.4.4.4). In ad di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is
cal cu lated on the as sump tion that the neu tral axis depth re mains at the maxi mum
per mit ted value.
tions (L and T beams) is sum ma rized be low. It is as sumed that the de sign ul ti mate
ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.1 f A
cu g
(BS 3.4.4.1); hence all of the beams are de -
signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
62 Beam Design
De sign of a Rect an gu lar beam
For Rectangular beams, the mo ment ca pac ity as a sin gly re in forced beam, M
single
, is
ob tained first for a sec tion. The re in forc ing steel area is de ter mined based on
whether M is greater than, less than, or equal to M
single
. See Figure IV-2.
Cal cu late the ul ti mate mo ment of re sis tance of the sec tion as sin gly re in forced.
M = K f bd
single cu
2
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)
K = 0.156 .
If M M
single
the area of ten sion re in force ment, A
s
, is ob tained from
A =
M
f z
s
y
( ) 0.87
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)
z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95
, and
Beam Design 63
Figure IV-2
K =
M
f bd
cu
2
.
This is the top steel if the sec tion is un der nega tive mo ment and the bot tom
steel if the sec tion is un der posi tive mo ment.
If M M
single
> , the area of com pres sion re in force ment, A
s
, is given by
A =
M M
f d - d
s
single
s
-
( )
,
where d is the depth of the com pres sion steel from the con crete com pres sion
face, and
f = f if
d
d
-
f
s y
y
0.87
1
2
1
800
,
f -
d
d
if
d
d
> -
f
s
700 1
2 1
2
1
y
800
.
This is the bot tom steel if the sec tion is un der nega tive mo ment. From equi lib -
rium, the area of ten sion re in force ment is cal cu lated as
A =
M
f z
+
M M
f d - d
s
y
single
y
single
( ) . 0.87 ( )
-
0 87
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)
z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.776 887
= .
Design as a T Beam
(I) Flanged beam un der neg a tive mo ment
The con tri bu tion of the flange to the strength of the beam is ig nored. The de sign
pro ce dure is there fore iden ti cal to the one used for rec tan gu lar beams, ex cept that
in the cor re spond ing equa tions b is re placed by b
w
. See Figure IV-3.
(ii) Flanged beam un der pos i tive mo ment
With the flange in com pres sion, the pro gram ana lyzes the sec tion by con sid er ing
al ter na tive lo ca tions of the neu tral axis. Ini tially, the neu tral axis is as sumed to be
lo cated in the flange. Based on this as sump tion, the pro gram cal cu lates the ex act
64 Beam Design
depth of the neu tral axis. If the stress block does not ex tend be yond the flange thick -
ness, the sec tion is de signed as a rec tan gu lar beam of width b
f
. If the stress block
ex tends be yond the flange width, the con tri bu tion of the web to the flex ural
strength of the beam is taken into ac count. See Figure IV-3.
As sum ing the neu tral axis to lie in the flange, the nor mal ized mo ment is com puted
as
K =
M
f b d
cu f
2
.
Then the mo ment arm is com puted as
z = d +
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
,
the depth of neu tral axis is com puted as
x = d - z
1
0.45
( ) , and
Beam Design 65
Figure IV-3
the depth of com pres sion block is given by
a x = 0.9 .
If a h
f
s
ously de fined for the rect an gu lar sec tion de sign. How ever, in that case, the
width of the com pres sion flange, b
f
, is taken as the width of the beam, b, for
anal y sis. Whether com pres sion re in force ment is re quired de pends on whether
K K > .
If a > h
f
, cal cu la tion for A
s
is done in two parts. The first part is for bal anc ing
the com pres sive force from the flange, C
f
, and the sec ond part is for bal anc ing
the com pres sive force from the web, C
w
, as shown in Figure IV-3.
In this case, the ul ti mate re sis tance mo ment of the flange is given by
M = f b b h d h
f cu f w f f
0.45 ( ) ( 0.5 ) - - ,
the bal ance of mo ment taken by the web is com puted as
M = M M
w f
- , and
the nor mal ized mo ment re sisted by the web is given by
K =
M
f b d
w
w
cu w
2
.
If K
w
0.156, the beam is de signed as a sin gly re in forced con crete beam.
The area of steel is cal cu lated as the sum of two parts, one to bal ance com pres -
sion in the flange and one to bal ance com pres sion in the web.
A =
M
f d h
+
M
f z
s
f
y f
w
y
0.87 0.5 0.87 ( ) -
, where
z = d +
K
d
w
0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
.
If K > K
w
, com pres sion re in force ment is re quired and is cal cu lated as fol -
lows:
The ul ti mate mo ment of re sis tance of the web only is given by
M = K f b d
uw cu w
2
.
66 Beam Design
The com pres sion re in force ment is re quired to re sist a mo ment of mag ni tude
M M
w uw
- . The com pres sion re in force ment is com puted as
A =
M M
f d d
s
w uw
s
-
- ( )
,
where, d is the depth of the com pres sion steel from the con crete com pres sion
face, and
f f , if
d
d

f
s y
y
=

-
0.87
1
2
1
800
, and
f =
d
d
, if
d
d
>
f
s
y
-

- 700 1
2 1
2
1
800
.
The area of ten sion re in force ment is ob tained from equi lib rium
A =
f
M
d h
M
d
M M
d d
s
y
f
f
uw w uw
1
0.87

0.5
+
0.777
+
-
-
-
.
lar beam for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na tion due to shear forces in a par ticu lar di -
rec tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps (BS 3.4.5):
Cal cu late the de sign shear stress as
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (BS 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (BS 3.4.5.2)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (BS 3.4.5.2)
Cal cu late the de sign con crete shear stress from
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.79
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
Beam Design 67
where,
k
1
is the en hance ment fac tor for sup port com pres sion,
and is con ser va tively taken as 1, (BS 3.4.5.8)
k
f
cu
2
1
3
1 =

25
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 . (BS 2.4.4.1)
How ever, the fol low ing limi ta tions also ap ply:
0.15
100
3
A
bd
s
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
(for cal cu la tion pur pose only). (BS 3.4.5.4)
A
s
If v v +
c
0.4, pro vide mini mum links de fined by
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v +
c
0.4, pro vide links given by
A
s

v v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
- ( )
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
68 Beam Design
SAP2000 Concrete Design Manual
C h a p t e r V
Design for BS 8110-85 R1989
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the Brit ish limit state de sign code
BS 8110 R1989 (BSI 1989). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Ta -
ble VI-1.
oth er wise noted.
tors of safety, g
f
(BS 2.4.1.3). If a struc ture is sub jected to dead load (DL) and live
A
cv
2
A
s
2

A
s

2

A
sc
2

A
sv
2
b
f
b
w
E
c
E
s
(BS 2.4.2.3)
e
min
f
cu
f
s
f
y
f
yv
h
f
K Maxi mum
M
bd f
u
cu
2
k
1
k
2
[ ]
f
cu
25
1 3 /
Table V-1
List of Symbols Used in the BS 8110-85 code
Chapter V Design for BS 8110-85 R1989
l
e
l
0
M M
1 2
M
add
M
i
M M
x y
s
v
T Ten sion force, N
v Shear stress, MPa
v
c
v
c
v v
x y
x
bal
z Lever arm, mm
b
b
g
f
g
m
e
c
Con crete strain
e
s
e
s

Table V-1
List of Symbols Used in the BS 8110-85 code (continued)
should be con sid ered (BS 2.4.3):
1.4 DL
1.4 DL + 1.6 LL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 WL
1.4 DL 1.4 WL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 WL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 EL
1.4 DL 1.4 EL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 EL
These are the de fault load com bi na tions. In ad di tion to these load com bi na tions, the
code re quires that all build ings be ca pa ble of re sist ing a no tional de sign ul ti mate
hori zon tal load ap plied at each floor or roof level. The no tional load should be
equal to 0.015 times the dead load (BS 3.1.4.2). It is rec om mended that the user de -
fine ad di tional load cases to con sider notional load in the pro gram.
Design Strength
The de sign strength for con crete and steel are ob tained by di vid ing the char ac ter is -
m
. The val ues of g
m
used in
the pro gram are as follows (BS 2.4.4.1).
g
m
=
(BS 2.4.4.1)
Column Design
72 Design Strength
cent (BS 3.12.5.3 and BS 3.12.6.2).
these steps.
ial ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid era tions (BS 3.8.4.1). A typi cal in ter ac tion
three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn (BS 3.4.4.1). See Fig ure II-2. The
c
sec tion, to 0.0035 (BS 3.4.4.1).
umn sec tion (BS 3.8.4).
s s
y
1.15 (
0.87 f
y
). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is placed at the ac tual lo ca -
tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any sim pli fi ca tions
in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross sec tion of the
col umn (such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der). See Fig ure VI-1.
Column Design 73
cu m cu
g = (BS 3.4.4.1). See Fig ure VI-1. The in ter ac tion al go -
rithm pro vides cor rec tions to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by the
re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
bi na tion at a par ticu lar lo ca tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
x y x y
, , , , and .
74 Column Design
Figure V-1
these steps.
x y
, , , M
x
and
M
y
.
braced or un braced against sidesway (BS 3.8.1.5). For un braced col umns
mem bers.
Braced Column
ax ial load and the lat eral de flec tion of the col umn in that plane (BS 3.8.3),
M = N a
add u
, (BS 3.8.3.1)
where, a
u
a Kh
u e
= b and (BS 3.8.3.1)
b
e
e

l
b
=
1
2000
2
. (BS 3.8.3.1)
l
e
l = l
e
b
0
, (BS 3.8.1.6.1)
0
x y
or in
ser va tively taken as 1. How ever, the program al lows the user to over ride this
de fault value.
Column Design 75
ax ial force and K is con ser va tively taken as 1.
1
and M
2

( ) M M
2 1
ing:
M
2
(BS 3.8.3.2)
M + M
add 1
(BS 3.8.3.2)
M + M /
i add
2 (BS 3.8.3.2)
N e
min
(BS 3.8.3.2)
where,
M
i
M M + M M
i
= 0.4 0.6 0.4
1 2 2
. (BS 3.8.3.2)
M
1
and M
2
1
e
min
is the min i mum ec cen tric ity, which is taken as 0.05 times the over all di -
20 mm (BS 3.8.2.4).
e
h

min
=
20
20 mm (BS 3.8.2.4)
Unbraced Column
76 Column Design
Also, the min i mum ec cen tric ity re quire ments are sat is fied so the de sign mo ment
should be at least
M N e
u
min
, (BS 3.8.3.2)
where, e
min
forces N M M
x y
, and
,
point (N M M
x y
,
,
II-3. If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is ade -
stressed.
OL
OC
.
N M M
x y
If the re in forc ing area is not de fined, the program com putes the re in force ment that
Column Design 77
di rec tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved (BS 3.8.4.6):
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (BS 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (BS 3.4.5.12)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (BS 3.4.5.12)
cu
or 5 N/mm
2
Cal cu late the de sign con crete shear stress from (BS 3.8.4.6)
v = v +
N
A
Vd
M
c c
c
0.75 , with (BS 3.4.5.12)
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.79
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
where,
k
1
and is taken con ser va tively as 1, (BS 3.4.5.8)
k
f
cu
2
1
3
=

25
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 , (BS 2.4.4.1)
0.15 3
100 A
bd
s
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
78 Column Design
Vd
M
1 , (BS 3.4.5.12)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
A
s
If v v
c
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v
c
A
s

v - v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
( )
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
Beam Design
com bi na tion fac tors, and other cri te ria de scribed herein or in the sub sec tion that
follow. The re in force ment re quire ments are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of
check sta tions along the beam span.
All of the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only. Ef -
fects due to any ax ial forces, mi nor di rec tion bend ing, and tor sion that may ex -
ist in the beams must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently by the user.
in volved:
Beam Design 79
load fac tors.
may be in cluded.
in Fig ure VI-2 (BS 3.4.4.1). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that mo ment re dis tri bu tion
in the mem ber does not ex ceed 10% (i.e., b
b
0.9) (BS 3.4.4.4). The code also
ductile fail ures (BS 3.4.4.4). In ad di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is
per mit ted value.
tions (L and T beams) is sum ma rized in the sub sec tions that follows. It is as sumed
that the de sign ul ti mate ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.1 f A
cu g
(BS 3.4..4.1), hence
all of the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design of a Rectangular beam
For rec tan gu lar beams, the mo ment ca pac ity as a sin gly re in forced beam, M
single
, is
80 Beam Design
single
. See Fig ure VI-2.
M = K f bd
single cu
2
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)
K = 0.156 .If M M
single
s
, is ob tained
from
A =
M
f z
s
y
( ) 0.87
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)
z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95
, and
K =
M
f bd
cu
2
.
Beam Design 81
Figure V-2
If M M
single
s
, is given by
A =
M M
f d - d
s
single
s
-
( )
,
face, and
f = f if
d
d
-
f
s y
y
0.87
1
2
1
800
,
f -
d
d
if
d
d
> -
f
s
700 1
2 1
2
1
y
800
.
A =
M
f z
+
M M
f d - d
s
y
single
y
single
( ) 0.87 ( )
-
, where (BS 3.4.4.4)

z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.776 887
= .
Design as a T Beam
pro ce dure is there fore iden ti cal to the one used for Rectangular beams ex cept that
w
. See Fig ure VI-3.
f
82 Beam Design
strength of the beam is taken into ac count. See Fig ure VI-3.
As sum ing the neu tral axis is in the flange, the nor mal ized mo ment is com puted as
K =
M
f b d
cu f
2
.
z = d +
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
,
x = d - z
1
0.45
( ) , and
a x = 0.9 .
Beam Design 83
Figure V-3
Design of a T Beam Section
If a h
f
s
f
K K > .
If a > h
f
s
is performed in two parts. The first part is for bal -
anc ing the com pres sive force from the flange, C
f
, and the sec ond part is for bal -
anc ing the com pres sive force from the web, C
w
, as shown in Fig ure VI-3.
M = f b b h d h
f cu f w f f
0.45 ( ) ( 0.5 ) - - ,
M = M M
w f
- , and
K =
M
f b d
w
w
cu w
2
.
If K
w
A =
M
f d h
+
M
f z
s
f
y f
w
y
0.87 0.5 0.87 ( ) -
, where
z = d +
K
d
w
0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
.
If K > K
w
lows:
M = K f b d
uw cu w
2
.
M M
w uw
A =
M M
f d d
s
w uw
s
-
- ( )
,
84 Beam Design
face, and
f f , if
d
d

f
s y
y
=

-
0.87
1
2
1
800
, and
f =
d
d
, if
d
d
>
f
s
y
-

- 700 1
2 1
2
1
800
.
A =
f
M
d h
M
d
M M
d d
s
y
f
f
uw w uw
1
0.87

0.5
+
0.777
+
-
-
-
.
rec tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved (BS 3.4.5):
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (BS 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (BS 3.4.5.2)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (BS 3.4.5.2)
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.79
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
where,
k
1
and is con ser va tively taken as 1, (BS 3.4.5.8)
Beam Design 85
k
f
cu
2
1
3
1 =

25
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 . (BS 2.4.4.1)
0.15
100
3
A
bd
s
, (BS 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, and (BS 3.4.5.4)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
(for cal cu la tion pur pose only). (BS 3.4.5.4)
A
s
If v v +
c
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v +
c
A
s

v v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
- ( )
0.87
, (BS 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
86 Beam Design
C h a p t e r VI
Design for CSAA23.3-94
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the Ca na dian code, CSAA23.3-94
(CSA 1994). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table VI-1.
The pro gram pro vides op tions to de sign or check Or di nary, Nomi nal (mod er ate
seis mic risk ar eas), and Duc tile (high seis mic risk ar eas) mo ment re sist ing frames
as re quired for seis mic de sign. The de tails of the de sign cri te ria used for the dif fer -
ent fram ing sys tems are de scribed in the fol low ing sec tions.
oth er wise noted.
87
88
A
cv
Area of con crete used to de ter mine shear stress, sq- mm
A
core
Area of con crete core, sq- mm
A
g
Gross area of con crete, sq- mm
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment, sq- mm
A
s
Area of compression re in force ment, sq- mm

A
s required ( )
Area of steel re quired for ten sion re in force ment, sq- mm
A
st
To tal area of col umn lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, sq- mm
A
v
Area of shear re in force ment, sq- mm
a
b
Depth of com pres sion block at bal anced condition, mm
b Width of mem ber, mm
b
f
Ef fec tive width of flange (T Beam sec tion), mm
b
w
Width of web (T Beam sec tion), mm
C
m
Co ef fi cient, de pend ent upon col umn cur va ture, used to
cal cu late mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor
c Depth to neu tral axis, mm
c
b
Depth to neu tral axis at bal anced con di tions, mm
d Dis tance from com pres sion face to ten sion re in force ment, mm
d Con crete cover to cen ter of re in forc ing, mm
d
s
Thick ness of slab (T Beam sec tion), mm
E
c
E
s
f
c
Speci fied com pres sive strength of con crete, MPa

f
y
Speci fied yield strength of flex ural re in force ment, MPa
f
yh
Speci fied yield strength of shear re in force ment, MPa
h Di men sion of beam or col umn, mm
I
g
ne glect ing re in force ment, mm
4
I
st
mem ber cross sec tion, mm
4
L Clear un sup ported length, mm
M
1
Smaller fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, N- mm
Table VI-1
List of Symbols Used in the CSAA23.3-94 code
89
Chapter VI Design for CSAA23.3-94
M
2
Larger fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, N- mm
M
c
Factored mo ment to be used in design, N- mm
M
ns
Non sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, N- mm
M
s
Sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, N- mm
M
f
Fac tored mo ment at section, N- mm
M
fx
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about X-axis, N- mm
M
fy
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about Y-axis, N- mm
P
b
Ax ial load ca pac ity at bal anced strain con di tions, N
P
c
Criti cal buck ling strength of col umn, N
P
r,max
Maxi mum ax ial load strength al lowed, N
P
0
Ax ial load ca pac ity at zero ec cen tric ity, N
P
f
Fac tored ax ial load at sec tion, N
V
c
Shear re sisted by con crete, N
V
D L +
Shear force from span load ing, N
V
p
Shear force com puted from prob able mo ment ca pac ity, N
V
f
Fac tored shear force at a sec tion, N
V
s
Shear force at a sec tion re sisted by steel, N
b Is a fac tor in di cat ing the abil ity of di ag o nally cracked con crete
to trans mit ten sion
q An an gle of in cli na tion of di ag o nal com pres sive stresses with the
lon gi tu di nal axis of beam or col umn
b
1
a
1
Fac tor for ob tain ing av er age com pres sive stress in con crete block
b
d
Ab so lute value of the ra tio of the maxi mum fac tored ax ial dead load
mo ment to the maxi mum fac tored to tal load moment
d
b
d
s
e
c
Strain in con crete
e
s
j
c
Strength re duc tion fac tor for con crete
j
s
Strength re duc tion fac tor for steel
j
m
Strength re duc tion fac tor for mem ber
l Shear strength factor
Table VI-1
List of Symbols Used in the CSAA23.3-94 code (continued)
cases for which the struc ture is to be checked. For this code, if a struc ture is sub -
jected to dead load (DL), live load (LL), wind (WL), and earth quake (EL) loads,
and con sid er ing that wind and earth quake forces are re versi ble, then the fol low ing
load com bi na tions should to be con sid ered (CSA 8.3):
1.25 DL
1.25 DL + 1.50 LL (CSA 8.3.2)
1.25 DL 1.50 WL
0.85 DL 1.50 WL
1.25 DL + 0.7 (1.50 LL 1.50 WL) (CSA 8.3.2)
1.00 DL 1.50 EL
1.00 DL + (0.50 LL 1.00 EL) (CSA 8.3.2)
Ca na dian Code is used.
In gen er at ing the pre ced ing de fault load ing com bi na tions, the im por tance fac tor is
taken as 1. The user should use other ap pro pri ate load ing com bi na tions if roof live
load is sepa rately treated, other types of loads are pres ent, or pat tern live loads are
to be con sid ered.
fac tored load ing.
The strength re duc tion fac tor, j, is ma te rial de pend ent and is de fined as
j
c
= 0.60 for con crete and (CSA 8.4.2 )
j
s
= 0.85 for steel. (CSA 8.4.3)
In some spe cial cases, a mem ber re sis tance fac tor, j
m
, is used as an ad di tional re -
duc tion fac tor in ad di tion to j
c
and j
s
(CSA 8.4.1). In con nec tion with buck ling
re sis tance, j
m
is taken as 0.75 (CSA 10.15.3).
Column Design
for Or di nary and Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing frames (CSA 10.9.1 and CSA
10.9.2) and 1 to 6 per cent for Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames (CSA 21.4.3.1).
these steps.
The col umn ca pac ity in ter ac tion sur face is nu meri cally de scribed by a se ries of dis -
crete points that are gen er ated in the three- dimensional in ter ac tion fail ure space. In
ad di tion to ax ial com pres sion and bi ax ial bend ing, the for mu la tion al lows for ax ial
ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid era tions. A typi cal in ter ac tion dia gram is shown
in Fig ure II-1.
The co or di nates of these points are de ter mined by ro tat ing a plane of lin ear strain
in three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn. See Fig ure II-2. The lin ear strain
dia gram lim its the maxi mum con crete strain, e
c
, at the ex trem ity of the sec tion,
to 0.0035 (CSA 10.1.3).
The for mu la tion is based con sis tently upon the gen eral prin ci ples of ul ti mate
strength de sign (CSA 10.1), and al lows for any dou bly sym met ric rec tan gu lar,
square, or cir cu lar col umn sec tion.
Column Design 91
s s
y
(CSA 8.5.3.2).
The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is as sumed to be placed at the ac tual
lo ca tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any fur ther sim -
pli fi ca tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross-sec -
tion of the col umn (such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der). See Fig ure VII-1 .
value of a
1
f
c
(CSA 10.1.7). See Fig ure VII-1. The depth of the stress block is b
1
c,
where
a
1
= -
0.85 0.0015 f
c
, a
1
0.67 . (CSA 10.1.7)
b
1
= -
0.97 0.0025 f
c
, b
1
0.67 . (CSA 10.1.7)
The limit of f
c
is taken to be 80 MPa for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames and 55

MPa for Nomi nal and Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames:
f
c
80 MPa (Or di nary) (CSA 8.6.1.1)

f
c
55 MPa (Nomi nal and Duc tile) (CSA 21.2.3.1)

92 Column Design
Figure VI-1
The limit of f
y
is taken to be 500 MPa for all frames:
f
y
500 MPa. (CSA 8.5.1)
The in ter ac tion al go rithm pro vides a cor rec tion to ac count for the con crete area that
is dis placed by the re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
The ef fects of the strength re duc tion fac tors are in cluded in the gen era tion of the in -
ter ac tion sur faces. The maxi mum com pres sive ax ial load is lim ited to P
r,max
, where
the maxi mum fac tored ax ial load re sis tance is given by
P = f A - A f A
c c g st s y st r,max
0.80[ ( ) + ] j a j
1
(tied col umn), (CSA 10.10.4)

P = f A - A f A
c c g st s y st r,max
0.85 [ ( ) + ] j a j
1
(spi ral col umn). (CSA 10.10.4)

tion at a par ticu lar lo ca tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give P
f
, M
fx
, and M
fy
.
Ap ply the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors to the fac tored loads ob tained in the
first step. De ter mine whether the point, de fined by the re sult ing ax ial load and
bi ax ial mo ment set, lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume.
steps.
cor re spond ing load fac tors to all the load con di tions, giv ing P
f
, M
fx
, and M
fy
. The
com puted mo ments are fur ther am pli fied by us ing Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac -
tors to al low for Lat eral Drift Ef fect and Mem ber Sta bil ity Ef fect.
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied in two dif fer ent stages. First the mo -
ments are sepa rated into their sway and non- sway com po nents. The sway com -
Column Design 93
po nents are am pli fied for lat eral drift ef fect (CSA 10.16). Al though ac cord ing to
the code, this am pli fi ca tion is sig nifi cant for un braced frames only and may be
avoided for braced frames, the pro gram treats all frames uni formly to am plify
non- sway com po nents of mo ments. These am pli fied mo ments are fur ther am pli -
fied for in di vid ual mem ber sta bil ity ef fect. Ac cord ing to the code, the in di vid ual
mem ber sta bil ity ef fect is only sig nifi cant if
kL
r
M M
P f A
f c g
25 10
1 2
, for braced frames, and (CSA 10.15.2)
kL
r
P f A
f c g
35
, for un braced frames. (CSA 10.16.4)
How ever, the pro gram con sid ers in di vid ual mem ber sta bil ity ef fect for all com -
pres sion col umn ele ments.
Lateral Drift Effect
For all frames, the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for lat eral drift ef fect is ap plied
only to the sway mo ment in the pro gram.
M M M
ns s s
= +d (CSA 10.16.2)
( ) M
s
and the non-sway ( ) M
ns
com po nents. The non- sway or braced com po nents,
which are iden ti fied by ns sub scripts are pre domi nantly caused by grav ity load.
The sway com po nents are iden ti fied by s sub scripts. The sway mo ments are pre -
domi nantly caused by lat eral loads and are re lated to the cause of sidesway.
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors in the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions can, in gen -
eral, be dif fer ent. The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing
sidesway, d d
sx sy
and , can be taken as 1.0 if a P-D analy sis is car ried out (CSA
10.16.3.1). The pro gram as sumes that a P-D analy sis has been per formed and,
there fore, mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway are
taken as unity. For the P-D analy sis the load should cor re spond to a load com bi na -
tion of (1.25 DL + 1.50 LL)/j
m
(CSA 10.16.5), where j
m
is the strength re duc tion
fac tor for sta bil ity and is equal to 0.75 (CSA 10.15.3). See also White and Hajjar
(1991).
The user is re minded of the spe cial analy sis re quire ments, es pe cially those re lated
to the value of EI used in analy sis (CSA 10.14.1). The pro gram analy sis uses EI of
gross cross- sectional area in con junc tion with a mul ti pli ca tion fac tor. The mul ti pli -
94 Column Design
ca tion fac tors are de fined on a section- by- section ba sis, so that the ef fect of ax ial
force and crack ing can be mod eled in a first or der analy sis.
can ex plic itly spec ify val ues of d
sx
and d
sy
.
Member Stability Effects
All com pres sion mem bers are de signed us ing the fac tored ax ial load, P
f
, from the
analy sis and a mag ni fied fac tored mo ment, M
c
. The mag ni fied mo ment is com -
puted as,
M M M
c b
= d
2 2
, (CSA 10.15.3)
where M
2
is the col umn maxi mum end mo ment ob tained from elas tic analy sis af -
ter con sid er ing mini mum ec cen tric ity and lat eral drift ef fect, and M
c
is the maxi -
mum mo ment oc cur ring ei ther at the end or at an in te rior point within the span of
the col umn. The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
b
, for mo ments not caus ing
sidesway as so ci ated with the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the col umn is given by
d
j
b
m
f
m c
C
-
P
P
=
1
1.0 , where (CSA 10.15.3)
j
m
= 0.75 , (CSA 10.15.3)
P =
EI
kL
c
p
2
2
( )
, (CSA 10.15.3)
k is con ser va tively taken as 1, how ever the user can over ride the value,
EI is as so ci ated with a par ticu lar col umn di rec tion given by
EI = E I
c g
0.25 , and (CSA 10.15.3)
C = +
M
M
m
a
b
0.6 0.4 0.4 , (CSA 10.15.3.1)
M
a
and M
b
b
is nu meri -
cally larger than M
a
. M M
a b
is posi tive for sin gle cur va ture bend ing and
nega tive for dou ble cur va ture bend ing. The above ex pres sion of C
m
is
valid if there is no trans verse load ap plied be tween the sup ports. If trans -
verse load is pres ent on the span, or the length is over writ ten, or for any
Column Design 95
other case, C
m
=1 (CSA 10.15.3.2) . C
m
can be over writ ten by the user on
an el e ment-by-el e ment ba sis.
The pre- magnified fac tored mo ments are in creased, if re quired, to ob tain mini mum
ec cen trici ties, such that C M P
m f
is at least ( ) 15 +0.03h mm about each axis sepa -
rately, where h is the di men sion of the col umn in mm units in the cor re spond ing di -
rec tion (CSA 10.15.3).
( )
C M P h
m f
+ 15 0.03 (CSA 10.15.3)
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
b
, must be a posi tive number and greater than
one. There fore P
f
must be less than j
m c
P . If P
f
is found to be greater than or equal
to j
m c
P , a fail ure con di tion is de clared. d
b
is taken as 1 for ten sion mem bers.
22
and l
33
cor re spond ing to in sta bil ity in the mi nor and ma -
s b
and .
Be fore en ter ing the in ter ac tion di a gram to check the col umn ca pac ity, the mo ment
mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied to the fac tored loads to ob tain P
f
, M
fx
, and M
fy
.
The point (P
f
, M
fx
, M
fy
ad e quate; how ever, if the point lies out side the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn is
over stressed.
wards) will in ter sect the fail ure sur face. This point is de ter mined by three-
dimensional lin ear in ter po la tion be tween the points that de fine the fail ure sur face.
See Figure II-3. The ca pac ity ra tio, CR, is given by the ra tio
OL
OC
.
96 Column Design
ported for each check sta tion of the col umn along with the con trol ling P
f
, M
fx
, and
M
fy
set and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
De ter mine the fac tored forces act ing on the sec tion, M
f
, P
f
and V
f
. Note that
M
f
and P
f
are needed for the cal cu la tion of v
c
.
De ter mine the shear stress, v
c
For Duc tile and Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, the shear de sign of the
col umns is also based on the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci ties, re spec -
tively, of the mem bers in ad di tion to the fac tored mo ments (CSA 21.7.2.2,
21.9.2.3). Ef fects of the ax ial forces on the col umn mo ment ca paci ties are in cluded
in the for mu la tion.
steps.
f
, the col umn mo ment, M
f
, and the col umn shear
force, V
f
, in a par ticu lar di rec tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the pro gram analy -
sis load cases with the cor re spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors.
Column Design 97
In the shear de sign of Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames (seis mic de sign) the
fol low ing are checked in ad di tion to the re quire ment for the Or di nary mo ment
re sist ing frames. In the de sign of Duc tile mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, the
de sign shear force, V
f
, in a par ticu lar di rec tion is also cal cu lated from the prob -
able mo ment ca paci ties of the col umn as so ci ated with the fac tored ax ial force
act ing on the col umn (CSA 21.7.2.2).
f
f
+
and M
f
-
ticu lar di rec tion un der the in flu ence of the ax ial force P
f
shear force, V
f
, is then given by
V V + V
f p D+ L
= (CSA 21.7.2.2)
where, V
p
mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the col umn act ing in two op po site
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
+
, M
I
-
= Pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties at end I of the
col umn us ing a steel yield stress value of af
y
and
no j fac tors (j j
s c
= =1.0),
M
J
+
, M
J
-
= Pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties at end J of the
y
and
no j fac tors (j j
s c
= =1.0), and
For Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames, a is taken as 1.25 (CSA 21.1). V
D L +
is
the con tri bu tion of shear force from the in-span dis tri bu tion of grav ity loads.
In the de sign of Nom i nal mo ment re sist ing frames (seis mic), the shear ca pac -
ity of the col umn is also checked for the nom i nal shear due to the nom i nal
(j j
s c
= =1.0) mo ment ca pac i ties and the fac tored grav ity load (CSA
21.9.2.3), in ad di tion to the de sign checks re quired for Or di nary mo ment re sist -
98 Column Design
ing frames. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity is the
same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for Duc tile mo ment
re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 (CSA 21.0) rather than 1.25.
The de sign shear strength is en forced not to be greater than the fac tored shear
force with the seis mic load dou bled (CSA 21.9.2.3, 21.9.1). See also Table
VI-2 for de tails.
Given the de sign force set M
f
, P
f
and V
f
, the shear ca pac ity pro vided by the con -
crete alone, v
c
, is cal cu lated us ing the Gen eral Method or Com pres sion Field
The ory as fol lows (CSA 11.4):
For de sign ing Or di nary and Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, v
c
is set to:
v = f
c c
1.3 lb
, (CSA 11.4.3.1)
where, b is a fac tor in di cat ing the abil ity of di ago nally cracked con crete to re -
sist shear. It is a func tion of stress con di tion and its av er age value is 0.2 usu ally
with a range of 0.1 to 0.4 (CSA 11.4.4). It is com puted from CSA Ta ble 11-1
through an it era tive pro ce dure. In com put ing the b fac tor, the fol low ing two pa -
rame ters are used:
e
q
x
f v f f
s s
M d N V
E A
=
+ + 0.5 0.5 cot
, 0 0.002 e
x
(CSA 11.4.6)
v
V b d
f
ratio
f w v
c c
=
lj
(CSA 11.4.5)
In the above equa tions d
v
, the dis tance be tween the re sul tants of the ten sile and
com pres sive forces, is con ser va tively taken to be 0.9d.
d d
v
=0.9 (CSA 11.0)
Here q is an an gle of in cli na tion of di ag o nal com pres sive stresses. It is a func -
tion of the cur rent stress con di tion and its ap prox i mate value is 34 de grees,
with a range of 27 de grees to 45 de grees (CSA 11.4.4). In a sim i lar pro ce dure to
cal cu late the b fac tor, q is also com puted from CSA Ta ble 11-1 us ing the pa -
ram e ters e
x
and v
ratio
through an it er a tive pro ce dure.
Column Design 99
The shear strength fac tor, l, is taken to be 1, as sum ing nor mal den sity con crete
(CSA 11.0, 8.6.5).
For de sign ing Duc tile mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, v
c
is com puted
based on the as sump tion that e
x
=0.002 (CSA 21.7.3.1b, 11.4.3.1 ). Oth er wise
the pro ce dure for com put ing v
c
is the same as that for Or di nary and Nomi nal
mo ment re sist ing frames.
The av er age shear stress is com puted for a rec tan gu lar sec tion as,
v = V b d
f w v
( ) . (CSA 11.4.5)
In the pre ced ing equa tion d
v
, the dis tance be tween the re sul tants of the ten sile
and com pres sive forces, is con ser va tively taken to be 0.9d for rect an gu lar
sections.
d d
v
=0.9 (CSA 11.0)
For other types of sec tions, b d
w v
is re placed by 0.9 times A
cv
, the ef fec tive
shear area, which is shown in Figure VI-2.
The av er age shear stress, v, is lim ited to a maxi mum limit, v
max
, given by
v f
c max
=

0.25 . (CSA 11.4.3)
The shear re in force ment per unit spac ing is com puted as fol lows:
If
( )
v v
c
j
c
2 ,
A
s
v
= 0 , (CSA 11.2.8.1)
else if
( )
j j j q
c c s
v v v f
c c c
2 < +
0.06 cot ,
A
s
f b
f
v
c w
yh
=
0.06
, (CSA 11.2.8.4)
else if j j q j
c s c max
v f v v
c c
+
<
0.06 cot ,
100 Column Design
A
s
v v b
f
v c w
yh
=
- ( )
cot
j
j q
c
s
, (CSA 11.4.3.2)
else if v v >j
c max
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (CSA 11.3.4)
The limit of f
c

Column Design 101
Figure VI-2
cv
f
c

f
c

The limit of f
yh
f
yh
500 MPa. (CSA 8.5.1)
The maxi mum of all the cal cu lated A s
v
val ues, ob tained from each load com bi na -
tion, is re ported for the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions of the col umn along with the
con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
For all col umns and at any sta tion, the mini mum area of trans verse cir cu lar hoop re -
in force ment is im posed as fol lows:
A
s
A
A
f
f
h
v
g
core
c
yh
core
-
0.45 1
4
(CSA 10.9.4)
In po ten tial plas tic hinge lo ca tions, as de scribed later, of Duc tile mo ment re sist ing
frames, the mini mum area of cir cu lar hoops and trans verse stir rups is im posed as
fol lows:
A
s
f
f
h
v c
yh
core
0.12
4
(Hoops) (CSA 21.4.4.2)
A
s
A
A
f
f
h
v
g
core
c
yh
core
-
0.45 1
4
(Hoops) (CSA 21.4.4.2, 10.9.4)
A
s
f
f
h
v c
yh
core
0.09 (Stir rups) (CSA 21.4.4.2)

A
s
A
A
f
f
h
v
g
core
c
yh
core
-
0.30 1 (Stir rups) (CSA 21.4.4.2)

For the defi ni tion of the po ten tial plas tic hinge, it is as sumed in the cur rent ver sion
of the pro gram that any beam and col umn seg ment near the joint is a po ten tial plas -
tic hinge. The length of the plas tic hinge, L
hinge
, in a col umn is taken as fol lows:
{ }
L h b l
hinge
= max , , , 6 450 mm (CSA 21.4.4.5)
102 Column Design
purely upon the pre ced ing con sid era tions. Any other mini mum stir rup re quire -
ments to sat isfy spac ing or volu met ric re quire ments must be in ves ti gated in de -
pend ently of the pro gram by the user.
Beam Design
eas of steel for flex ure and shear based upon the beam mo ments, shears, load com -
bi na tion fac tors and other cri te ria de scribed in the sub sec tions that follow. The re -
in force ment re quire ments are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of check sta tions
along the beam span.
All the beams are only de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear. Ef fects
The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at a user-de fined number of de -
sign sta tions along the beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the
ma jor mo ment of a par ticu lar beam for a par ticu lar sec tion, the pro gram uses the
fol low ing steps:
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment of Duc tile, Nomi nal, or Or di nary mo ment
re sist ing con crete frame beams, the fac tored mo ments for each load com bi na tion at
a par ticu lar beam sta tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the cor re spond ing mo ments for
dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing load fac tors. The beam sec tion is then
de signed for the maxi mum posi tive M
f
+
f
-
fac tored mo -
ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions
.
Beam Design 103
Posi tive beam mo ments pro duce bot tom steel. In such cases, the beam may be de -
signed as a Rect an gu lar or T beam. Nega tive beam mo ments pro duce top steel. In
such cases, the beam is al ways de signed as a rec tan gu lar sec tion.
in Figure VI-3 (CSA 10.1.7). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that the com pres sion car -
ried by con crete is less than that which can be car ried at the bal anced con di tion
(CSA 10.1.4). When the ap plied mo ment ex ceeds the mo ment ca pac ity at the bal -
anced con di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is cal cu lated on the as -
sump tion that the ad di tional mo ment will be car ried by com pres sion and ad di tional
ten sion re in force ment.
In de sign ing the beam flex ural re in force ment, the limit of f
c
is taken to be 80 MPa
for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames and 55 MPa for Nomi nal and Duc tile mo -
ment re sist ing frames:
f
c

f
c

The limit of f
y
f
y
500 MPa. (CSA 8.5.1)
The de sign pro ce dure used by the pro gram for both rec tan gu lar and flanged sec -
ax ial force in a beam is neg li gi ble; hence all of the beams are de signed for ma jor di -
rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design for Flexure of a Rectangular Beam
In de sign ing for a fac tored nega tive or posi tive mo ment, M
f
, (i.e., de sign ing top or
bot tom steel) the depth of the com pres sion block is given by a, as shown in Figure
VI-3, where,
104 Beam Design
a d d
M
f b
f
c c
= - -
2
1
2
a j
, (CSA 10.1)
where the value of j
c
is 0.60 (CSA 8.4.2) in the pre ced ing and fol low ing equa -
tions. Also a
1
, b
1
, and c
b
a
1
= f
c
0.85 0.0015 0.67 -
, (CSA 10.1.7)
b
1
= f
c
0.97 0.0025 0.67 -
, and (CSA 10.1.7)

c =
+ f
d
b
y
700
700
. (CSA 10.5.2)
The bal anced depth of the com pres sion block is given by
a c
b b
=b
1
. (CSA 10.1.7)
If a a
b
(CSA 10.5.2), the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is then given
by
Beam Design 105
Figure VI-3
Design of a Rectangular Beam Section
A
M
f d
a

s
f
s y
=
-
j
2
.
f
f
is
nega tive.
If a a
b
> (CSA 10.5.2), com pres sion re in force ment is re quired and is cal cu -
lated as fol lows:
The fac tored com pres sive force de vel oped in the con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c c b
=

j a
1
, and (CSA 10.1.7)
the fac tored mo ment re sisted by the con crete and bot tom steel is
M C d
a
fc
b
= -
2
.
The mo ment re sisted by com pres sion steel and ten sile steel is
M M M
fs f fc
= - .
A
M
f f d d
s
fs
s s c c

=
- - ( )( ) j j a
1
, where
f E
c d
c
f
s s y
=
-
0.0035 . (CSA 10.1.2 and CSA 10.1.3)

A
M
f d
a
s
fc
y
b
s
1
2
=
-
j
, and
the ten sile steel for bal anc ing the com pres sion in steel is
( )
A
M
f d d
s
fs
y s
2
=
- j
.
106 Beam Design
s s s
= +
1 2
, and to tal com -
s
. A
s
is to be placed at the bot tom and A
s
is to be
placed at the top if M
f
is posi tive, and vice versa.
Design for Flexure of a T Beam
(I) Flanged Beam Un der Nega tive Mo ment
f
, (i.e., de sign ing top steel), the
con tri bu tion of the flange to the strength of the beam is ig nored. The de sign pro ce -
dure is there fore iden ti cal to the one used for Rec tan gu lar beams, ex cept that in the
cor re spond ing equa tions b is re placed by b
w
.
(ii) Flanged Beam Un der Posi tive Mo ment
If M
f
> 0, the depth of the com pres sion block is given by (see Figure VI-4).
a d d
M
f b
f
c c f
= - -
2
1
2
a j
. (CSA 10.1)
where the value of j
c
is 0.60 (CSA 8.4.2) in the pre ced ing and fol low ing equa -
tions. See Figure VI-4. Also a
1
, b
1
, and c
b
a
1
= f
c
0.85 0.0015 0.67 -
, (CSA 10.1.7)
b
1
= f
c
0.97 0.0025 0.67 -
, and (CSA 10.1.7)

c =
+ f
d
b
y
700
700
. (CSA 10.5.2)
The depth of the com pres sion block un der bal anced con di tion is given by
a c
b b
= b
1
. (CSA 10.1.7)
If a d
s
s
are ex actly the same as pre vi ously
performed for the rec tan gu lar sec tion de sign. How ever, in this case, the width
of the beam is taken as b
f
. Whether com pres sion re in force ment is re quired de -
pends on whether a a
b
> .
Beam Design 107
If a d
s
s
f
w
. As shown in Figure VI-4,
C f b b d
f c f w s
= -
a
1
( ) . (CSA 10.1.7)
There fore, A =
C
f
s
f c
y s
1
j
j
f
M = C d
d
ff f
s
c
-
2
j .
There fore, the bal ance of the mo ment, M
f
to be car ried by the web is given by
M = M M
fw f ff
- .
The web is a rect an gu lar sec tion of di men sions b
w
and d, for which the depth of
the com pres sion block is re cal cu lated as
a d d
M
f b
fw
c c w
1
2
1
2
= - -
a j
. (CSA 10.1)
108 Beam Design
If a a
b 1
(CSA 10.5.2), the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is then
given by
A
M
f d
a

s
fw
s y
2
1
2
=
-
j
, and
A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
.
This steel is to be placed at the bot tom of the T beam.
If a a
b 1
> (CSA 10.5.2), com pres sion re in force ment is re quired and is cal -
cu lated as fol lows:
The fac tored com pres sive force in the con crete web alone is given by
C f ba
c c b
=

j a
1
, and (CSA 10.1.7)
the fac tored mo ment re sisted by the con crete web and ten sile steel is
M C d
a
fc
b
= -
2
.
Beam Design 109
Figure VI-4
M M M
fs fw fc
= - .
A
M
f f d d
s
fs
s s c c

=
- - ( )( ) j j a
1
, where
f E
c d
c
f
s s y
=
-
0.0035 . (CSA 10.1.2 and CSA 10.1.3)

A
M
f d
a
s
fc
y
b
s
2
2
=
-
j
, and
A
M
f d d
s
fs
y s
3
=
- ( ) j
.
To tal ten sile re in force ment A A A A
s s s s
= + +
1 2 3
, and to tal com pres sion re in -
force ment is A
s
. A
s
s
is to be placed at the
top.
Minimum and Maximum Tensile Reinforcement
The mini mum flex ural ten sile steel re quired for a beam sec tion is given by the mini -
mum of the two lim its:
A
f
f
b h
s
c
y
w
0.2
, or (CSA 10.5.1.2)
A A
s s required
4
3
( )
. (CSA 10.5.1.3)
In ad di tion, the mini mum flex ural ten sile steel pro vided in a T- section with flange
un der ten sion is given by the limit:
( )
A b b d
s w s
- 0.004 . (CSA 10.5.3.1)
110 Beam Design
An up per limit of 0.04 times the gross web area on both the ten sion re in force ment
and the com pres sion re in force ment is ar bi trar ily im posed as fol lows:
A
b d
b d
s
w
0.04 Rectangular beam

0.04 T beam
A
b d
b d
s
w

0.04 T beam
For Duc tile mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de sign
sat is fies the fol low ing ad di tional con di tions (see also Table VI-2 for com pre hen -
sive list ing):
The mini mum lon gi tu di nal re in force ment shall be pro vided at both the top and
the bot tom. Any of the top and bot tom re in force ment shall not be less than
A
s min ( )
.
A
f
b d
y
w s(min)

1.4
(CSA 21.3.2.1)
A b d
s w
0.025 . (CSA 21.3.2.1)
a tive mo ment ca pac ity (i.e., as so ci ated with the top steel) at that end (CSA
21.3.2.2).
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-fourth of the maxi mum
of posi tive or nega tive mo ment ca paci ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (CSA 21.3.2.2).
For Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de sign
would sat isfy the fol low ing con di tions:
At any sup port of the beam, the beam posi tive mo ment ca pac ity would not be
less than 1one-third of the beam nega tive mo ment ca pac ity at that end (CSA
21.9.2.1.1).
Beam Design 111
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-fifth of the maxi mum of
posi tive or nega tive mo ment ca paci ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (CSA 21.9.2.1.1).
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load com bi na tion at a user de fined
De ter mine the fac tored forces act ing on the sec tion, M
f
and V
f
. Note that M
f
is needed for the cal cu la tion of v
c
.
c
For Duc tile and Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear de sign of the beams is
also based on the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci ties of the mem bers, re spec -
tively (CSA 21.7.2.1, 21.9.2.3).
steps.
In the de sign of Duc tile mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign),
the shear ca pac ity of the beam is also checked for the prob able shear due to the
prob able mo ment ca paci ties and the fac tored grav ity load, in ad di tion to the de -
sign checks re quired for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The pro ce dure for
cal cu lat ing the de sign shear force in a beam from prob able mo ment ca paci ties
is the same as that de scribed for a col umn in sec tion Col umn De sign on page
98. See also Table VI-2 for more de tails. The de sign shear force V
f
is then
given by
V V + V
f p D+ L
= (CSA 21.7.2.1)
112 Beam Design
where, V
p
mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the beams act ing in two op po site di -
rec tions. There fore, V
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
( )
V = M + M L
P I
-
J
+
1
, and
( )
V = M + M L
P I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with bot tom steel in ten sion, us ing a steel
yield stress value of af
y
and no j fac tors (j j
s c
= =1.0),
M
J
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with bot tom steel in ten sion, us ing a steel
y
s c
= =1.0),
M
I
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with top steel in ten sion, us ing a steel yield
stress value of af
y
s c
= =1.0),
M
J
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with top steel in ten sion, us ing a steel yield
stress value of af
y
s c
= =1.0), and
The overstrength fac tor a is al ways taken as 1.25 for Duc tile mo ment re sist ing
frames (CSA 21.1). V
D L +
is the con tri bu tion of shear force from the in-span dis -
tri bu tion of grav ity loads.
In the de sign of Nom i nal mo ment re sist ing frames (seis mic), the shear ca pac -
ity of the beam is also checked for the nom i nal shear due to the nom i nal
(j j
s c
= =1.0) mo ment ca pac i ties and the fac tored grav ity load (CSA
21.9.2.3), in ad di tion to the de sign checks re quired for Or di nary mo ment re sist -
ing frames. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity is the
same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for Duc tile mo ment
re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 (CSA 21.1) rather than 1.25.
The de sign shear strength is en forced not to be greater than the fac tored shear
force with the seis mic load dou bled (CSA 21.9.2.3, 21.9.1). See also Table
VI-2 for de tails.
Beam Design 113
Given the de sign force set M
f
and V
f
, the shear ca pac ity pro vided by the con crete
alone, v
c
, is cal cu lated us ing the Gen eral Method or Com pres sion Field The -
ory as fol lows (CSA 11.4):
For de sign ing Or di nary and Nomi nal mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, v
c
is set to:
v = f
c c
1.3 lb
, (CSA 11.4.3.1)
where, b is a fac tor in di cat ing the abil ity of di ago nally cracked con crete to re -
sist shear. It is a func tion of the stress con di tion and its av er age value is 0.2,
usu ally with a range of 0.1 to 0.4 (CSA 11.4.4). It is com puted from CSA Ta ble
11-1 through an it era tive pro ce dure. In com put ing the b fac tor, the fol low ing
two pa rame ters are used:
e
q
x
f v f
s s
M d V
E A
=
+0.5 cot
, 0 e
x
0.002 (CSA 11.4.6)
v
V b d
f
ratio
f w v
c c
=
lj
(CSA 11.4.5)
In the pre ced ing equa tions, d
v
and com pres sive forces, is con ser va tively taken to be 0.9d.
d d
v
=0.9 (CSA 11.0)
Here q is an an gle of in cli na tion of di ag o nal com pres sive stresses. It is a func -
tion of the cur rent stress con di tion, and its ap prox i mate value is 34 de grees,
with a range of 27 de grees to 45 de grees (CSA 11.4.4). In a sim i lar pro ce dure to
cal cu late the b fac tor, q is also com puted from CSA Ta ble 11-1 us ing the pa -
ram e ters e
x
and v
ratio
through an it er a tive pro ce dure.
The shear strength fac tor, l, is taken to be 1, as sum ing nor mal den sity con crete
(CSA 11.0, 8.6.5).
For de sign ing Duc tile mo ment re sist ing con crete beams, v
c
is taken as zero,
b is taken as zero, and q is taken as 45 de grees (CSA 21.7.3.1a, 11.4.3.1 ).
The av er age shear stress is com puted for a rec tan gu lar sec tion as,
114 Beam Design
v =
V
b d
f
w v
. (CSA 11.4.5)
In the pre ced ing equa tion, d
v
and com pres sive forces, is con ser va tively taken to be 0.9d.
d d
v
=0.9 (CSA 11.0)
w v
is re placed by 0.9 times A
cv
, the ef fec tive
shear area, which is shown in Figure VI-2.
The av er age shear stress, v, is lim ited to a maxi mum limit, v
max
, given by
v f
c max
=

0.25 . (CSA 11.4.3)
If
( )
v v
c
j
c
2 ,
A
s
v
= 0 , (CSA 11.2.8.1)
else if
( )
j j j q
c c s
v v v f
c c c
2 < +
0.06 cot ,
A
s
f b
f
v
c w
yh
=
0.06
, (CSA 11.2.8.4)
else if j j q j
c s c max
v f v v
c c
+
<
0.06 cot ,
A
s
v v b
f
v c w
yh
=
- ( )
cot
j
j q
c
s
, (CSA 11.4.3.2)
else if v v >j
c max
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (CSA 11.3.4)
Beam Design 115
The limit of f
c

f
c

f
c

The limit of f
yh
f
yh
500 MPa. (CSA 8.5.1)
The maxi mum of all of the cal cu lated A s
v
val ues, ob tained from each load com bi -
na tion, is re ported for the ma jor di rec tions of the beam along with the con trol ling
shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
The beam shear re in force ment re quire ments re ported by the pro gram are based
purely on the above con sid era tions. Any other mini mum stir rup re quire ments to
sat isfy spac ing and/or volu met ric re quire ments must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently
116 Beam Design
Beam Design 117
Type of
Check/
Design
Ordinary Moment
Resisting Frames
(non-Seismic)
Nominal Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic)
Ductile Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic)
Strength of
materials
f
c
80 MPa
f
y
500 MPa
f
c
55 MPa
f
y
500 MPa
f
c
55 MPa
f
y
500 MPa
Column
Check
(interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations
Column
Design
(Interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 6%
a = 1.0
Column
Shears
NLD
a
Combinations
Minimum hoop
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
or Nominal Capacity Shear (V
p
)
j = 1.0 and a = 1.0
Minimum hoop reinforcement
NLD
a
Combinations and
Probable Capacity Shear (V
p
)
j = 1.0 and a = 1.25
Strength based on e
x
= 0.002
Minimum hoop reinforcement
Special reinforcement in hinge
Beam
Design
Flexure
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.04
r
0.2 f f
c y
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.04
r
0.2 f f
c y
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.025
r
0.2 f f
c y
, r 1 4 . f
y
Beam Min.
Moment
Override
Check
No Requirement
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
3
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
5
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN

u
+
u

END
- -
1
5
max ,
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
2
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
4
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN

u
+
u

END
- -
1
4
max ,
Beam Design
Shear
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
or Nominal Capacity Shear (V
p
)
with a = 1.0 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

NLD
a
Combinations and
Probable Capacity Shear (V
p
)
with a = 1.25 and j = 1.0
plus V
D+L

Strength based on b = 0 ,
q = 45
o
Table VI-2
Comparison of Ordinary, Ductile, and Nominal Moment Resisting Frame Design
C h a p t e r VII
Design for CP 65-1999
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the Sin ga pore stan dard, Struc tural
Use of Concrete code CP 65-1999 (CP 1999). Var i ous no ta tions used in this
chap ter are listed in Ta ble IX-1.
oth er wise noted.
tors of safety, g
f
(CP 2.4.1.3). If a struc ture is sub jected to dead load (DL) and live
A
cv
2
A
s
2

A
s

2

A
sc
2

A
sv
2
b
f
b
w
E
c
E
s
(CP 2.4.2.3)
e
min
f
cu
f
s
f
y
f
yv
h
f
K Maxi mum
M
bd f
u
cu
2
k
1
k
2
[ ]
f
cu
30
1 3 /
Table VII-1
List of Symbols Used in the CP 65-1999 code
Chapter VII Design for CP 65-1999
l
e
l
0
M M
1 2
M
add
M
i
M M
x y
s
v
T Ten sion force, N
v Shear stress, MPa
v
c
v
c
v v
x y
x
bal
z Lever arm, mm
b
b
g
f
g
m
e
c
Con crete strain
e
s
e
s

Table VII-1
List of Symbols Used in the CP 65-1999 code (continued)
should be con sid ered (CP 2.4.3):
1.4 DL
1.4 DL + 1.6 LL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 WL
1.4 DL 1.4 WL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 WL (BS 2.4.3)
1.0 DL 1.4 EL
1.4 DL 1.4 EL
1.2 DL + 1.2 LL 1.2 EL
These are the de fault load com bi na tions. In ad di tion to these load com bi na tions,
the code re quires that all build ings be ca pa ble of re sist ing a no tional de sign ul ti mate
hori zon tal load ap plied at each floor or roof level. The no tional load should be
equal to 0.015 times the dead load (CP 3.1.4.2). It is rec om mended that the user de -
fine ad di tional load cases to con sider no tional load in the pro gram.
Design Strength
The de sign strength for con crete and steel are ob tained by di vid ing the char ac ter is -
m
. The val ues of g
m
used in
the pro gram are listed as fol lows (CP 2.4.4.1).
g
m
=
(CP 2.4.4.1)
Column Design
122 Design Strength
cent (CP 3.12.5.3 and CP 3.12.6.2).
these steps.
ial ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid er ations (CP 3.8.4.1). A typi cal in ter ac tion
three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn (CP 3.4.4.1). See Fig ure II-2. The
c
sec tion, to 0.0035 (CP 3.4.4.1).
umn sec tion (CP 3.8.4).
s s
y
1.15 (
0.87 f
y
). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is placed at the ac tual lo ca -
tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any sim pli fi ca tions
in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross sec tion of the
col umn (such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der). See Fig ure VIII-1.
Column Design 123
cu m cu
g = (CP 3.4.4.1). See Fig ure VIII-1. The in ter ac tion al -
go rithm pro vides cor rec tions to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by
the re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
bi na tion at a par ticu lar lo ca tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
x y x y
, , , , and .
124 Column Design
Figure VII-1
these steps.
x y
, , , M
x
and
M
y
.
braced or un braced against sidesway (CP 3.8.1.5). For un braced col umns
mem bers.
Braced Column
ax ial load and the lat eral de flec tion of the col umn in that plane (CP 3.8.3),
M = N a
add u
, (CP 3.8.3.1)
where, a
u
a Kh
u e
= b and (CP 3.8.3.1)
b
e
e

l
b
=
1
2000
2
. (CP 3.8.3.1)
l
e
l = l
e
b
0
, (CP 3.8.1.6.1)
0
x y
or in
ser va tively taken as 1. How ever, the program al lows the user to over ride this
de fault value.
Column Design 125
ax ial force, and K is con ser va tively taken as 1.
1
and M
2

( ) M M
2 1
ing:
M
2
(CP 3.8.3.2)
M + M
add 1
(CP 3.8.3.2)
M + M /
i add
2 (CP 3.8.3.2)
N e
min
(CP 3.8.3.2)
where,
M
i
M M + M M
i
= 0.4 0.6 0.4
1 2 2
. (CP 3.8.3.2)
M
1
and M
2
1
e
min
20 mm (CP 3.8.2.4).
e
h

min
=
20
20 mm (CP 3.8.2.4)
Unbraced Column
126 Column Design
Also, the mini mum ec cen tric ity re quire ments are sat is fied so the de sign mo ment
should be at least
M N e
u
min
, (CP 3.8.3.2)
where, e
min
forces N M M
x y
, and
,
point (N M M
x y
,
,
II-3. If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is ade -
stressed.
OL
OC
.
N M M
x y
Column Design 127
di rec tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved (CP 3.8.4.6):
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (CP 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (CP 3.4.5.12)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (CP 3.4.5.12)
cu
or 5 N/mm
2
Cal cu late the de sign con crete shear stress from (CP 3.8.4.6)
v = v +
N
A
Vd
M
c c
c
0.75 , with (CP 3.4.5.12)
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.84
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
where,
k
1
and taken con ser va tively as 1, (CP 3.4.5.8)
k
f
cu
2
1
3
=

30
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 , (CP 2.4.4.1)
0.15 3
100 A
bd
s
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
128 Column Design
Vd
M
1 , (CP 3.4.5.12)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
, and (CP 3.4.5.4)
A
s
If v v
c
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (CP 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v
c
A
s

v - v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
( )
0.87
, (CP 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
can not be greater than 460 MPA (CP 3.4.5.1).
Beam Design
com bi na tion fac tors, and other cri te ria de scribed herein or in the sub sec tions that
follow. The re in force ment re quire ments are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of
check sta tions along the beam span.
in volved:
Beam Design 129
load fac tors.
may be in cluded.
in Fig ure VIII-2 (CP 3.4.4.1). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that mo ment re dis tri bu -
tion in the mem ber does not ex ceed 10% (i.e., b
b
0.9) (CP 3.4.4.4). The code also
ductile fail ures (CP 3.4.4.4). In ad di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is
per mit ted value.
tions (L and T beams) is sum ma rized in the sub sec tions that follow. It is as sumed
that the de sign ul ti mate ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.1 f A
cu g
(CP 3.4..4.1), hence
all of the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design of a Rectangular beam
For rec tan gu lar beams, the mo ment ca pac ity as a sin gly re in forced beam, M
single
, is
130 Beam Design
single
. See Fig ure VIII-2.
M = K f bd
single cu
2
, where (CP 3.4.4.4)
K = 0.156 .
If M M
single
s
, is ob tained from
A =
M
f z
s
y
( ) 0.87
, where (CP 3.4.4.4)
z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95
, and
K =
M
f bd
cu
2
.
Beam Design 131
Figure VII-2
If M M
single
s
, is given by
A =
M M
f d - d
s
single
s
-
( )
,
face, and
f = f if
d
d
-
f
s y
y
0.87
1
2
1
800
,
f -
d
d
if
d
d
> -
f
s
700 1
2 1
2
1
y
800
.
A =
M
f z
+
M M
f d - d
s
y
single
y
single
( ) 0.87 ( )
-
, where (CP 3.4.4.4)

z = d + -
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.776 887
= .
Design as a T Beam
pro ce dure is there fore iden ti cal to the one used for Rec tan gu lar beams ex cept that
w
. See Fig ure VIII-3.
f
132 Beam Design
strength of the beam is taken into ac count. See Fig ure VIII-3
As sum ing the neu tral axis is in the flange, the nor mal ized mo ment is com puted as
K =
M
f b d
cu f
2
.
z = d +
K
d 0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
,
x = d - z
1
0.45
( ) , and
a x = 0.9 .
Beam Design 133
Figure VII-3
If a h
f
s
f
K K > .
If a > h
f
s
f
w
, as shown in Fig ure VIII-3.
M = f b b h d h
f cu f w f f
0.45 ( ) ( 0.5 ) - - ,
M = M M
w f
- , and
K =
M
f b d
w
w
cu w
2
.
If K
w
A =
M
f d h
+
M
f z
s
f
y f
w
y
0.87 0.5 0.87 ( ) -
, where
z = d +
K
d
w
0.5 0.25
0.9
0.95 -
.
If K > K
w
lows:
M = K f b d
uw cu w
2
.
M M
w uw
A =
M M
f d d
s
w uw
s
-
- ( )
,
134 Beam Design
face, and
f f , if
d
d

f
s y
y
=

-
0.87
1
2
1
800
, and
f =
d
d
, if
d
d
>
f
s
y
-

- 700 1
2 1
2
1
800
.
A =
f
M
d h
M
d
M M
d d
s
y
f
f
uw w uw
1
0.87

0.5
+
0.777
+
-
-
-
.
rec tion, the fol low ing steps are in volved (CP 3.4.5):
v =
V
A
, A bd
cv
cv
= , where (CP 3.4.5.2)
v f
cu
0.8 , and (CP 3.4.5.2)
v 5 N/mm
2
. (CP 3.4.5.2)
v =
k k

A
bd

d
c
m
s
0.84
1 2
100 400
1
3
1
4
g
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
where,
k
1
and is con ser va tively taken as 1, (CP 3.4.5.8)
Beam Design 135
k
f
cu
2
1
3
1 =

30
, and (CP 3.4.5.4)
g
m
= 1.25 . (CP 2.4.4.1)
0.15
100
3
A
bd
s
, (CP 3.4.5.4)
400
1
d
, and (CP 3.4.5.4)
f
cu
40 N/mm
2
(for cal cu la tion pur pose only). (CP 3.4.5.4)
A
s
If v v +
c
A
s

b
f
sv
v yv
0.4
0.87
, (CP 3.4.5.3)
else if v > v +
c
A
s

v v b
f
sv
v
c
yv
- ( )
0.87
, (CP 3.4.5.3)
where f
yv
can not be greater than 460 MPA (CP 3.4.5.1).
136 Beam Design
C h a p t e r VIII
Design for Eurocode 2-92
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the 1992 Eurocode 2 (CEN
1992). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table VIII-1.
oth er wise noted.
tors of safety. If a struc ture is sub jected to dead load (DL) and live load (LL) only,
the de sign will need only one load ing com bi na tion, namely 1.35 DL + 1.5 LL.
A
c
Gross cross-sec tional area of a frame mem ber, mm
2
A
cv
2
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment in a beam, mm
2

Area of to tal lon gi tu di nal re in force ment in a column, mm
2

A
s

2

A
sw
2
b
f
b
w
d Ef fec tive depth of compression re in force ment, mm
E
c
E
s
(EC2 4.2.2.3.2)
e Ec cen tric ity of ax ial load in a column, mm
e
min
e
tot
Total ec cen tric ity for a braced column, mm
f
cd
De sign con crete com pres sive strength = f
ck c
g , MPa
f f
ck c
,
Char ac ter is tic com pres sive cyl in der strength of con crete at 28 days,
MPA
f
cwd
De sign con crete com pres sive strength for shear de sign = f
cwk c
g , MPa
f f
cwk cs
,
Char ac ter is tic com pres sive cyl in der strength for shear de sign, MPa
f
yd
De sign ten sile yield strength of re in forc ing steel = f
yk s
g , MPa
f f
yk y
, Char ac ter is tic ten sile yield strength of re in force ment, MPa
f
s
Stress in a beam com pres sion steel, MPa

f
ywd
De sign ten sile strength of shear re in forc ing steel = f
ywk s
g , MPa
f f
ywk ys
, Char ac ter is tic ten sile strength of shear re in force ment, MPa
h
f
l
0
Table VIII-1
List of Symbols Used in the Eurocode 2-92
Chapter VIII Design for Eurocode 2-92
l
col
M M
1 2
M M
x y
M
Rd
De sign mo ment of re sis tance of a section N-mm
M
Sd
Moment at a section ob tained from analy sis, N-mm
m Nor mal ized de sign mo ment, M bd f
cd
2
a
s
v
V
Rd1
De sign shear re sis tance from con crete alone, N
V
Rd 2
De sign lim it ing shear re sis tance of a cross-sec tion, N
V
Sd
Shear force at ul ti mate de sign load, N
V V
x y
, Shear force at ul ti mate de sign load in two directions, N
V
wd
Shear force from reinforcement, N
a Con crete strength re duc tion fac tor for sus tained loading
b Ef fec tive length fac tor,
En hance ment fac tor of shear re sis tance for con cen trated load
g
f
g
c
Par tial safety fac tor for concrete strength, 1.5 by default
g
m
g
s
Par tial safety fac tor for steel strength, 1.15 by default
d Re dis tri bu tion factor
e
c
Con crete strain
e
s
e
s
n Ef fec tive ness fac tor for shear re sis tance with out con crete crush ing,
Out-of-plumbness fac tor
r Ten sion re in force ment ra tio, A bd
s
s
cp
Ef fec tive av er age com pres sive stress in con crete col umn, MPa
w Nor malized ten sile steel ra tio, A f f bd
s yd cd
a
w Nor malized com pres sion steel ra tio, A f f bd
s yd cd
a
Table VIII-1
List of Symbols Used in the Eurocode 2-92 (continued)
How ever, in ad di tion to the dead load and live load, if the struc ture is sub jected to
wind (WL) and earth quake (EL) forces, and con sid er ing that wind and earth quake
forces are sub ject to re ver sals, the fol low ing load com bi na tions should be con sid -
ered (EC2 2.3.3):
1.35 DL
1.35 DL + 1.50 LL (EC2 2.3.3)
1.35 DL 1.50 WL
1.00 DL 1.50 WL
1.35 DL + 1.35 LL 1.35 WL (EC2 2.3.3)
1.00 DL 1.00 EL
1.00 DL + 1.5*0.3 LL 1.0 EL (EC2 2.3.3)
These are the de fault load com bi na tions. These de fault load ing com bi na tions are
pro duced for per sis tent and tran sient de sign situa tions (EC2 2.2.1.2) by com bin ing
load due to dead, live, wind, and earth quake loads ac cord ing to the sim pli fied for -
mula (EC2 2.3.3.1) for ul ti mate limit states.
In ad di tion to the pre ced ing load com bi na tions, the code re quires that all build ings
be ca pa ble of re sist ing a no tional de sign ul ti mate hori zon tal load ap plied at each
floor or roof level (EC2 2.5.1.3). It is rec om mended that the user de fine ad di tional
load cases for con sid er ing the no tional load in the pro gram.
mem ber forces of the live load con di tion on a member- by- member ba sis to re duce
the con tri bu tion of the live load to the fac tored load ing.
Design Strength
The de sign strengths for con crete and steel are ob tained by di vid ing the char ac ter is -
tic strength of the ma te ri als by a cor re spond ing par tial fac tor of safety as fol lows:
f f
cd ck c
= g , (EC2 2.3.3.2)
f f
cwd cwk c
= g , (EC2 2.3.3.2)
f f
yd yk s
= g , (EC2 2.3.3.2)
f f
ywd ywk s
= g , where (EC2 2.3.3.2)
140 Design Strength
g
s
= Par tial safety fac tor for steel = 1.15, and (EC2 2.3.3.2)
g
c
= Par tial safety fac tor for con crete = 1.5. (EC2 2.3.3.2)
Column Design
con crete sec tions types of the model (EC2 4.3.1.2). A typi cal bi ax ial in ter ac -
tion sur face is shown in Fig ure II-1. When the steel is un de fined, the pro gram
gen er ates the in ter ac tion sur faces for the range of al low able re in force ment. The
mini mum re in force ment is taken to be
A
N
f
A
s min
Sd
yd
c
,
max =
0.15
0.003
(EC2 5.4.1.2.1)
and the maxi mum re in force ment is taken to be 8 per cent (EC2 5.4.1.2.1).
De sign the col umn shear re in forc ing.
steps.
ial ten sion and bi ax ial bend ing con sid era tions as shown in Fig ure II-1. The co or di -
Column Design 141
nates of these points are de ter mined by ro tat ing a plane of lin ear strain in three di -
men sions on the sec tion of the col umn. See Fig ure II-2.
umn sec tion. The lin ear strain dia gram lim its the maxi mum con crete strain, e
c
, at
the ex trem ity of the sec tion to 0.0035 and at a depth of
3
7
d from the most com -
pressed face to 0.0020 (EC2 4.3.1.2). See Figure VIII-1.
s s
E , and is lim ited to the de sign yield strength of the steel, f
yd
(EC2 4.2.3.3.3). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is placed at the ac -
tual lo ca tion of the cen ter of the bar, and the al go rithm does not as sume any sim pli -
fi ca tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over the cross-sec -
tion of the col umn (such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der).
value of af
cd
, where f
cd
is the de sign value of con crete cyl in der com pres sive
strength, and a is the re duc tion fac tor to ac count for sus tained com pres sion. a is
gen er ally as sumed to be 0.80 (EC2 4.2.1.3). See Figure VIII-1. The in ter ac tion al -
142 Column Design
Figure VIII-1
go rithm pro vides cor rec tions to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by
the re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
The col umn ca pac ity is checked for each load ing com bi na tion of each col umn. In
check ing a par ticu lar col umn for a par ticu lar load ing com bi na tion at a par ticu lar lo -
ca tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give N, V
x
, V
y
, M
x
, and M
y
.
De ter mine the code to tal mo ments due to slen der col umn ef fect. Com pute mo -
Check the col umn ca pac ity ra tio or com pute the re in force ment for the col umn
for re sist ing the fac tored mo ments, the code to tal mo ments, and the mo ments
from mini mum ec cen tric ity.
these steps.
ply ing the cor re spond ing load fac tors to the load cases, giv ing N, V
x
, V
y
, M
x
, and
M
y
.
Determine Code Total Moments
The de ter mi na tion of code to tal mo ments de pends on whether the frame is braced
or un braced against sidesway.
Braced Column
Eurocode speci fies that for braced col umns the to tal mo ment should be com puted
from a set of ec cen trici ties, such that
e e e e
tot a
= + +
0 2
, where (EC2 4.3.5.6.2)
e
M
N
M
N
M
N
M M
0
1 2 2
1 2
= + 0.4 0.6 0.4 where , , (EC2 4.3.5.6.2)
Column Design 143
e
l
a
=
n
0
2
, (EC2 4.3.5.4)
n is taken as 1/100, how ever the user can over ride this value (EC2 2.5.1.3),
l
0
is the ef fec tive length of a col umn in a given plane and is ob tained from
l l
col 0
= b , (EC2 4.3.5.3.5)
where b is the ef fec tive length fac tor de pend ing on the end con di tions and
re sis tance against sidesway, b is con ser va tively taken as 1 for braced
frames, and l
col
is the un sup ported length cor re spond ing to in sta bil ity in
the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the ele ment, l l
x y
and in Figure II-7.
e
k k l f
E d
yd
s
2
1 2 0
2
=
4.5
, (EC2 4.3.5.6.3)
k
1
0 15
20
15 35
1 35
=
- <
>
for ,
, for ,
for ,
l
l
l
l
0.75
l b = l r
G 0
,
r
G
= the ra dius of gy ra tion about the axis of bend ing, and
k
N N
N N
ud sd
ud bal
2
1 =
-
-
, k
2
is taken as 1.0.
How ever, the mini mum ec cen tric ity re quire ment is sat is fied such that
M N
Rd Sd
> e
min
, where (EC2 4.3.5.5.3)
M
Rd
= De sign mo ment re sis tance of the sec tion,
N
Sd
= The ax ial force ob tained from analy sis, and
e
min
men sion of the col umn in the plane of bend ing and is given by
e h
min
= 20 . (EC2 4.3.5.5.3)
Fi nally, the de sign mo ments are com puted from the maxi mum of the fol low ing
three equations,
M N e N e M
Rd Rd tot Rd factored
= max( )
, , min
. (EC2 4.3.5.6)
144 Column Design
In bi ax ial bend ing, the pro gram cal cu lates the de sign mo ments at any sta tion about
two axes.
Unbraced Column
ments. There fore, any ad di tional com pu ta tion is not re quired. That means, the mo -
ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway are taken as unity. How -
ever, it is rec om mended that a fac tor be used to ob tain an ax ial force P equiva lent to
1.35 DL + 1.35 LL for P-D analy sis (White and Hajjar 1991).
In ad di tion, the mini mum ec cen tric ity re quire ment must to be sat is fied so that the
de sign mo ment will be at least
M
Rd
N e
min
, (EC2 4.3.5.5.3)
where, e
min
is the mini mum ec cen tric ity, which is de scribed in the pre vi ous sec tion.
In bi ax ial bend ing the al go rithm en sures that the ec cen tric ity ex ceeds the mini mum
about both the axes si mul ta ne ously.
forces N M M
x y
, and
,
are ob tained in ac cor dance with the pre vi ous sub sec tions.
The point (N M M
x y
,
,
Fig ure II-3 . If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is
over stressed.
OL
OC
.
Column Design 145
The maxi mum of all of the val ues of CR cal cu lated from each load com bi na tion is
re ported for each check sta tion of the col umn, along with the con trol ling
N M M
x y
mi nor di rec tions of the col umn. The as sump tions in de sign ing the shear re in force -
ment are as fol lows:
The col umn sec tions are as sumed to be pris matic. The ef fect of any varia tion of
width in the col umn sec tion on the con crete shear ca pac ity is ne glected.
The ef fect on the con crete shear ca pac ity of any con cen trated or dis trib uted
load in the span of the col umn be tween two beams is ig nored. Also, the ef fect
of the di rect sup port on the col umns pro vided by the beams is ig nored.
All shear re in force ment is pro vided through shear re in force ments, which are
per pen dicu lar to the lon gi tu di nal re in force ment.
The ef fect of any tor sion is ne glected for the de sign of shear re in force ment.
In de sign ing the shear re in force ment for a par tic u lar col umn for a par tic u lar load ing
com bi na tion due to shear forces in a par tic u lar di rec tion, the pro gram uses the fol -
low ing steps of the stan dard method(EC2 4.3.2.1):
Ob tain the de sign value of the ap plied shear force V
Sd
from the pro gram analy -
sis re sults.
V V V
Sd
=
2 3
or
Cal cu late the de sign shear re sis tance of the mem ber with out shear re in force -
ment.
[ ]
V k A
Rd Rd cp cv 1 1
= + + b t r s ( ) 1.2 40 0.15 , where (EC2 4.3.2.3(1))
146 Column Design
b = en hance ment fac tor for shear re sis tance for mem bers with
con cen trated loads lo cated near the face of the sup port.
b is taken as 1. (EC2 4.3.2.1(9))
t
Rd
=
0.25
0.05
f
ctk
c
g
, ba sic de sign shear strength of con crete, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
f f
ctk ctm 0 05 .
= 0.7 , (EC2 3.1.2.3)
f f
ctm cwk
= 0.3
2
3
, (EC2 3.1.2.3)
k = strength mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for cur tail ment of
lon gi tu di nal re in force ment and depth of the sec tion,
and is con sid ered to be 1, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
r
1
= ten sion re in force ment ra tio =
A
A
s
cv
1
0.02 , (EC2 4.3.2.3)
A
s1
= area of ten sion re in force ment, taken as half of to tal
lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, A
s
2, in a col umn, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
s
cp
= av er age stress in con crete due to ax ial force =
N
A
Sd
c
, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
N
Sd
= the de sign value of the ap plied ax ial force in sec tion,
N
Sd
is taken as pos i tive for com pres sion and
neg a tive for ten sion, and (EC2 4.3.2.3)
A
c
= the to tal gross area of con crete cross-sec tion, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
A
cv
= the to tal area of con crete cross-sec tion, it is taken
as A
cv
which is shown in Figure VIII-2. For a rect an gu lar
sec tion A
cv
equals b d
w
.
Cal cu late the maxi mum de sign shear force that can be car ried with out crush ing
of the no tional con crete com pres sive struts, V
Rd red 2,
.
V V
f
Rd red Rd
cp eff
cd
2 2
1
,
,
= -
1.67
s
, where (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
0
2 2
V V
Rd red Rd ,
, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
( )
V f A
Rd cwd cv 2
1
2
= n 0.9 , (EC2 4.3.2.3(3))
Column Design 147
n =0.7
200
0.5 -
f
ck
, the ef fec tive ness fac tor, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
s
cp eff
Sd yd s
c
N f A
A
,
=
-
2
, ef fec tive av er age stress in con crete, (EC2 4.3.2.2)
148 Column Design
Figure VIII-2
cv
N
Sd
= the de sign ax ial force, it is taken pos i tive for com pres sion
and neg a tive for ten sion, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
f
yd
= the de sign yield stress of com pres sion steel, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
f
yd
400 MPa, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
A
s2
is the area of re in force ment in the com pres sion zone, A
s2
is
taken as half of to tal lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, A
s
2,
in a col umn, and (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
A
c
is the gross total area of con crete cross- section.
The shear re in force ment per unit spac ing is com puted fol low ing the Stan dard
method as fol lows (EC2 4.3.2.4.3):
If V V
Sd Rd
1
,
A
s
sw
= 0, (EC2
4.3.2.4.3)
else if V V V
Rd Sd Rd red 1 2
< <
.
,
( )
A
s
V V A
f
b
sw
Sd Rd cv
ywd
w
=
-
1
0.9
, where (EC2
4.3.2.4.3)
f
ywd
is the de sign yield strength of the shear re in force ment.
else if V V
Sd Rd red
2.
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
The max i mum of all of the cal cu lated A s
sw
val ues, ob tained from each load
com bi na tion, is re ported for the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions of the col umn,
along with the con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion num -
ber.
For all col umns and at any sta tion, the min i mum area of shear re in force ment is
im posed as fol lows:
A
s
b
sw
w w
r (EC2 5.4.2.2(5))
Column Design 149
In the pre ced ing equa tion, r
w
is the shear re in force ment ra tio. It is taken based
on the con crete com pres sion strength for shear use, f
cs
, which is the same as

f
cwk
, and the shear rebar yield strength, f
ys
, which is the same as f
ywk
. r
w
is de -
ter mined from the fol low ing ta ble (EC2 Ta ble 5.5).
Beam Design
are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of check sta tions along the beam span.
The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at the de sign sta tions along the
beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for a par ticu lar beam for a par -
ticu lar sec tion, for the beam ma jor mo ment, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
150 Beam Design
Con crete Strength
(MPA)
Steel Strength (MPA)
f
ywk
220 220 400 < f
ywk
f
ywk
> 400
f
cwk
20 0.0016 0.0009 0.0007
20 < f
cwk
35 0.0024 0.0013 0.0011
f
cwk
> 35 0.0030 0.0016 0.0013
Table VIII-2
Minimum shear reinforcement ratio, r
w
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment, the fac tored mo ments for each load com bi -
na tion at a par ticu lar beam sta tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the cor re spond ing mo -
ments for dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing load fac tors. The beam sec -
tion is then de signed for the maxi mum posi tive M
u
+
u
-
fac tored mo ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions
.
such cases, the beam may be de signed as a rec tan gu lar sec tion, or T- Beam ef fects
may be in cluded.
in Figure VIII-3 (EC2 4.3.1.2). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that mo ment re dis tri bu -
tion in the mem ber does not ex ceed the code spec i fied lim it ing value. The code also
places a limi ta tion on the neu tral axis depth, to safe guard against non- ductile fail -
ures (EC2 2.5.3.4.2). When the ap plied mo ment ex ceeds M
u
, the area of com pres -
sion re in force ment is cal cu lated on the as sump tion that the neu tral axis depth re -
mains at the maxi mum per mit ted value.
ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.08 f A
ck g
(EC2 4.3.1.2); hence all of the beams are de -
signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design as a Rectangular Beam
For Rec tan gu lar beams, the nor mal ized mo ment, m, and the nor mal ized sec tion ca -
pac ity as a sin gly re in forced beam, m
lim
, are ob tained first. The re in forc ing steel
area is de ter mined based on whether m is greater than, less than, or equal to m
lim
.
Cal cu late the nor mal ized de sign mo ment, m.
Beam Design 151
m
M
bd f
cd
=
2
a
, where
a is the re duc tion fac tor to ac count for sus tained com pres sion. a is gen er ally
as sumed to be 0.80 for as sumed rec tan gu lar stress block (EC2 4.2.1.3). See
also page 142 for a . The con crete com pres sion stress block is as sumed to be
rec tan gu lar, with a stress value of af
cd
, where f
cd
is the de sign con crete
strength and is equal to
f
ck
c
g
. See Figure VIII-3.
Cal cu late the nor mal ized con crete mo ment ca pac ity as a sin gly re in forced
beam, m
lim
.
m
x
d

x
d
lim
lim lim
=
1 0.4 ,
where the lim it ing value of the ra tio,
x
d
, of the neu tral axis depth at the ul ti mate
limit state af ter re dis tri bu tion to the ef fec tive depth is ex pressed as a func tion of
the ra tio of the re dis trib uted mo ment to the mo ment be fore re dis tri bu tion, d, as
fol lows:
x
d
f
ck
=
-
lim
d 0.44
1.25
if 35 , , (EC2 2.5.3.4.1)
x
d
f
ck
=
-
>
lim
d 0.56
1.25
if 35 , , (EC2 2.5.3.4.1)
d is as sumed to be 1.
If m m
lim
, a sin gly re in forced beam will suf fice. Cal cu late the nor mal ized
steel ra tio,
w= - - 1 1 2m .
Cal cu late the area of ten sion re in force ment, A
s
, from
A
f bd
f
s
cd
yd
= w
a
.
152 Beam Design
If m > m
lim
, the beam will not suf fice as a sin gly re in forced beam. Both top
and bot tom steel are re quired.
Cal cu late the nor mal ized steel ra tios w, w
lim
, and w .
w
lim
lim
=

0.807
x
d
,
w =
-
-
m m
d d
lim
1 /
, and
w w w = +
lim
.
Cal cu late the area of com pres sion and ten sion re in force ment, A
s
and A
s
,
as fol lows:
A =
f bd
f
s
cd
s
w
a
, and
Beam Design 153
Figure VIII-3
Design of a Rectangular Beam
A
f bd
f
s
cd
yd
= w
a
where
f E
d
d

f
s s c max
y
s
= -

e
g
,
1
2
.
Design as a T Beam
(I) Flanged beam un der nega tive mo ment
The con tri bu tion of the flange to the strength of the beam is ig nored if the flange is
in the ten sion side. See Figure VIII-4. The de sign pro ce dure is there fore iden ti cal to
the one used for rec tan gu lar beams. How ever, the width of the web, b
w
, is taken as
the width of the beam.
(ii) Flanged beam un der posi tive mo ment
al ter na tive lo ca tions of the neu tral axis. Ini tially the neu tral axis is as sumed to be
lo cated within the flange. Based on this as sump tion, the pro gram cal cu lates the
f
ex tends be yond the flange, ad di tional cal cu la tion is re quired. See Figure VIII-4.
Cal cu late the nor mal ized de sign mo ment, m.
m
M
b d f
f cd
=
2
a
, where
a is the re duc tion fac tor to ac count for sus tained com pres sion. a is gen er ally
as sumed to be 0.80 for as sumed rect an gu lar stress block (EC2 4.2.1.3). See
also page 142 for a. The con crete com pres sion stress block is as sumed to be
rect an gu lar, with a stress value of af
cd
.
Cal cu late the lim it ing value of the ra tio,
x
d
lim
, of the neu tral axis depth at the
ul ti mate limit state af ter re dis tri bu tion to the ef fec tive depth, which is ex -
pressed as a func tion of the ra tio of the re dis trib uted mo ment to the mo ment be -
fore re dis tri bu tion, d, as fol lows:
x
d
f
ck
=
-
lim
d 0.44
1.25
if 35 , , (EC2 2.5.3.4.1)
154 Beam Design
x
d
f
ck
=
-
>
lim
d 0.56
1.25
if 35 , , (EC2 2.5.3.4.1)
d is as sumed to be 1.
Cal cu late the nor mal ized steel ra tio,
w= - - 1 1 2m .
Cal cu late the ra tio,
x
d
, as fol lows:
x
d
=
w
0.807
.
If
x
d
h
d
f
, the neu tral axis lies within the flange. Cal cu late the area of ten -
sion re in force ment, A
s
, as fol lows:
Beam Design 155
Figure VIII-4
A =
f b d
f
s
cd f
yd
w
a
.
If
x
d
h
d
f
>

, the neu tral axis lies be low the flange.

Cal cu late steel area re quired for equilibrating the flange com pres sion, A
s2
.
A
b b h f
f
s
f w f cd
yd
2
=
( ) - a
,
and the cor re spond ing re sis tive mo ment is given by
M A f d
h
s yd
f
2 2
2
= -
.
Cal cu late steel area re quired for rect an gu lar sec tion of width b
r
to re sist mo -
ment, M M M
1 2
= - , as fol lows:
m
M
b d f
w cd
1
1
2
=
a
, and
m
x
d
x
d
lim
lim lim
=
1 0.4 ,
If m m
1
lim
,
w
1
1
1 1 2 = - - m , and
A
f b d
f
s
cd w
yd
1 1
= w
a
.
If m > m
1 lim
,
w =
-
-
m m
d d
1
1
lim
/
,
w
lim
lim
=

0.807
x
d
,
w w w
1
= +
lim
,
156 Beam Design
A =
f bd
f
s
cd
s
w
a
, and
A
f b d
f
s
cd w
yd
1 1
= w
a
where
f E
d
d

f
s s c max
y
s
= -

e
g
,
1
2
.
Cal cu late to tal steel area re quired for the ten sion side.
A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load ing com bi na tion at vari ous check
sta tions along the beam span. The as sump tions in de sign ing the shear re in force -
ments are as fol lows:
The beam sec tions are as sumed to be pris matic. The ef fect of any varia tion of
width in the beam sec tion on the con crete shear ca pac ity is ne glected.
The ef fect on the con crete shear ca pac ity of any con cen trated or dis trib uted
load in the span of the beam be tween two columns is ig nored. Also, the ef fect
of the di rect sup port on the beams pro vided by the col umns is ig nored.
All shear re in force ments are as sumed to be per pen dicu lar to the lon gi tu di nal
re in force ment.
The ef fect of any tor sion is ne glected for the de sign of shear re in force ment.
In de sign ing the shear re in force ment for a par tic u lar beam for a par tic u lar load ing
com bi na tion due to shear forces in a par tic u lar di rec tion, the pro gram uses the fol -
low ing steps of the stan dard method (EC2 4.3.2.1).
Ob tain the de sign value of the ap plied shear force V
Sd
from the pro gram anal y -
sis re sults.
V V
Sd
=
2
Cal cu late the de sign shear re sis tance of the mem ber with out shear re in force -
ment.
[ ]( )
V k b d
Rd Rd cp w 1 1
= + + b t r s ( ) 1.2 40 0.15 , where (EC2 4.3.2.3(1))
Beam Design 157
b = en hance ment fac tor for shear re sis tance for mem bers with
con cen trated loads lo cated near the face of the sup port.
b is taken as 1. (EC2 4.3.2.1(9))
t
Rd
=
0.25
0.05
f
ctk
c
g
, ba sic de sign shear strength of con crete, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
f f
ctk ctm 0 05 .
= 0.7 , (EC2 3.1.2.3)
f f
ctm cwk
= 0.3
2
3
, (EC2 3.1.2.3)
k = strength mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for cur tail ment of
lon gi tu di nal re in force ment and depth of the sec tion,
and is con sid ered to be 1, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
r
1
= ten sion re in force ment ra tio =
A
b d
s
w
1
0.02 , (EC2 4.3.2.3)
A
s1
= area of ten sion re in force ment in the beam, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
s
cp
= av er age stress in con crete due to ax ial force =
N
A
Sd
c
, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
N
Sd
= the de sign value of the ap plied ax ial force in sec tion,
N
Sd
is taken as pos i tive for com pres sion and
neg a tive for ten sion, and (EC2 4.3.2.3)
A
c
= the to tal gross area of con crete cross-sec tion., (EC2 4.3.2.3)
Cal cu late the max i mum de sign shear force that can be car ried with out crush ing
of the no tional con crete com pres sive struts, V
Rd red 2,
.
V V
f
Rd red Rd
cp eff
cd
2 2
1
,
,
= -
1.67
s
, where (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
0
2 2
V V
Rd red Rd ,
, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
( )
V f A
Rd cwd cv 2
1
2
= n 0.9 , (EC2 4.3.2.3(3))
n =0.7
200
0.5 -
f
ck
, the ef fec tive ness fac tor, (EC2 4.3.2.3)
158 Beam Design
s
cp eff
Sd yd s
c
N f A
A
,
=
-
2
, ef fec tive av er age stress in con crete, (EC2 4.3.2.2)
N
Sd
= the de sign ax ial force, it is taken pos i tive for com pres sion
and neg a tive for ten sion, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
f
yd
= the de sign yield stress of com pres sion steel, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
f
yd
400 MPa, (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
A
s2
is the area of the com pres sion re in force ment, and (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
A
c
is the gross to tal area of con crete cross-sec tion.
The shear re in force ment per unit spac ing is com puted us ing the Stan dard
method, as fol lows (EC2 4.3.2.4.3):
If V V
Sd Rd
1
,
A
s
sw
= 0 , (EC2 4.3.2.4.3)
else if V V V
Rd Sd Rd red 1 2
< <
.
,
( )
A
s
V V A
f
b
sw
Sd Rd cv
ywd
w
=
-
1
0.9
, where (EC2 4.3.2.4.3)
f
ywd
is the de sign yield strength of the shear re in force ment.
else if V V
Sd Rd red
2.
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (EC2 4.3.2.2(4))
The max i mum of all of the cal cu lated A s
sw
val ues, ob tained from each load
com bi na tion, is re ported for the ma jor di rec tions of the beam along with the
con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion num ber.
For all beams and at any sta tion, the min i mum area of shear re in force ment is
im posed as fol lows:
A
s
b
sw
w w
r (EC2 5.4.2.2(5))
In the pre ced ing equa tion, r
w
is the shear re in force ment ra tio. It is taken based
on the con crete com pres sion strength for shear use, f
cs
, which is the same as

Beam Design 159
f
cwk
, and the shear rebar yield strength, f
ys
, which is the same as f
ywk
. r
w
is de -
ter mined from Table VIII-2, which is in ac cor dance with EC2 Ta ble 5.5.
160 Beam Design
C h a p t e r IX
Design for NZS 3101-95
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the New Zea land code, NZS
3101- 95 (NZS 1995). Vari ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table
IX-1.
a set of de fault load com bi na tions that should sat isfy re quire ments for the de sign
of most build ing type struc tures.
The pro gram pro vides op tions to de sign or check all types of mo ment re sist ing
frames as re quired for regu lar and seis mic de sign. For regu lar de sign, the frame
should be iden ti fied as Or di nary. For Seis mic de sign, the frame must be iden ti fied
as Duc tile, Lim ited, or Elas tic to rep re sent Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames, frames
with Lim ited duc til ity, and Elas ti cally re spond ing frames, re spec tively. The de tails
of the de sign cri te ria used for the dif fer ent fram ing sys tems are de scribed in the fol -
low ing sec tions.
oth er wise noted.
161
162
A
cv
Area of con crete used to de ter mine shear stress, sq- mm
A
g
Gross area of con crete, sq- mm
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment, sq- mm
A
s
Area of compression re in force ment, sq- mm

A
s required ( )
Area of steel re quired for ten sion re in force ment, sq- mm
A
st
To tal area of col umn lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, sq- mm
A
v
Area of shear re in force ment, sq- mm
a
b
Depth of com pres sion block at bal anced condition, mm
a
max
Maxi mum depth of com pres sion block, mm
b Width of mem ber, mm
b
f
Ef fec tive width of flange (T Beam sec tion), mm
b
w
Width of web (T Beam sec tion), mm
C
m
Co ef fi cient, de pend ent upon col umn cur va ture, used to
cal cu late mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor
c Depth to neu tral axis, mm
c
b
Depth to neu tral axis at bal anced con di tions, mm
d Dis tance from com pres sion face to ten sion re in force ment, mm
d Con crete cover to cen ter of re in forc ing, mm
d
s
Thick ness of slab (T Beam sec tion), mm
E
c
E
s
(NZS 3.8.3.3)
f
c
Spec ified com pres sive strength of con crete, MPa

f
y
Spec ified yield strength of flex ural re in force ment, MPa
f
yt
Spec ified yield strength of shear re in force ment, MPa
h Di men sion of beam or col umn, mm
I
g
ne glect ing re in force ment, mm
4
L Clear un sup ported length, mm
Table IX-1
List of Symbols Used in the New Zealand code
163
Chapter IX Design for NZS 3101-95
M
1
Smaller fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, N- mm
M
2
Larger fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, N- mm
M
c
Factored mo ment to be used in design, N- mm
M
ns
Non sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, N- mm
M
s
Sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, N- mm
M
*
Fac tored mo ment at section, N- mm
M
x
*
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about X-axis, N- mm
M
y
*
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about Y-axis, N- mm
N
b
Ax ial load ca pac ity at bal anced strain con di tions, N
N
c
Criti cal buck ling strength of col umn, N
N
max
Maxi mum ax ial load strength al lowed, N
N
0
Ax ial load ca pac ity at zero ec cen tric ity, N
N
*
Fac tored ax ial load at sec tion, N
v
b
Ba sic shear stress re sisted by con crete, MPa
v
c
Shear stress re sisted by con crete, MPa
V
c
Shear force re sisted by con crete, N
V
D L +
Shear force from span load ing, N
V
p
Shear force com puted from prob able mo ment ca pac ity, N
V
*
Fac tored shear force at a sec tion, N
V
s
Shear force at a sec tion re sisted by steel, N
a
1
Av er age stress fac tor in equiva lent stress block
b
1
b
d
Ab so lute value of the ra tio of the maxi mum fac tored ax ial
dead load mo ment to the maxi mum fac tored to tal load moment
d
b
d
s
e
c
Strain in con crete
e
s
j
b
Strength re duc tion fac tor for bending
Table IX-1
List of Symbols Used in the New Zealand code (continued)
cases for which the struc ture is to be checked. For this code, if a struc ture is sub -
jected to dead load (DL), live load (LL), wind (WL), and earth quake (EL) loads,
and con sid er ing that wind and earth quake forces are re vers ible, the fol low ing load
com bi na tions should to be con sid ered for de sign of con crete frames (NZS 4203- 92
2.4.3):
1.4 DL
1.2 DL + 1.6 LL (NZS 4203- 92 2.4.3.3)
1.2 DL 1.0 WL
0.9 DL 1.0 WL
1.2 DL + 0.4 LL 1.0 WL (NZS 4203- 92 2.4.3.3)
1.0 DL 1.0 EL
1.0 DL + 0.4 LL 1.0 EL (NZS 4203- 92 2.4.3.3)
NZS 3101- 95 code is used. The user should use other ap pro pri ate load ing com bi na -
tions if roof live load is sepa rately treated, other types of loads are pres ent, or pat -
tern live loads are to be con sid ered.
fac tored load ing.
The de fault strength re duc tion fac tor, j, is taken as
j
b
= 0.85 for bend ing and (NZS 3.4.2.2)
j
c
= 0.85 for com pres sion and (NZS 3.4.2.2)
j
s
= 0.75 for shear. (NZS 3.4.2.2)
The user can, how ever, over write them.
Column Design
in ter ac tion sur faces for the range of al low able re in force ment ra tios 0.008 to
0.08 for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames (NZS 8.4.6.1) and 0.008 to 18 f
y
for Seis mic (Duc tile, Lim ited, and Elas tic) mo ment re sist ing frames (NZS
8.5.4.2).
these steps.
The co or di nates of these points of the in ter ac tion dia gram are de ter mined by ro tat -
ing a plane of lin ear strain in three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn. See
Fig ure II-2. The lin ear strain dia gram lim its the maxi mum con crete strain, e
c
, at the
ex trem ity of the sec tion, to 0.003 (NZS 8.3.1.3).
strength de sign (NZS 8.3), and al lows for any dou bly sym met ric rec tan gu lar,
Column Design 165
The stress in the steel is given by the prod uct of the steel strain, e
s
, and the steel
modu lus of elas tic ity, E
s
, and is lim ited to the yield stress of the steel, f
y
(NZS
8.3.1.4). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is as sumed to be placed at
the ac tual lo ca tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any
fur ther sim pli fi ca tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over
the cross-sec tion of the col umn (such as an equiva lent steel tube or cyl in der). See
Figure IX-1.
value of a
1
f
c
(NZS 8.3.1.7) and a depth of the stress block of b

1
c, where
a
1
= - -
0.85 0.004 55 ( ) f
c
, (NZS 8.3.1.7)
b
1
= - -
0.85 0.008 30 ( ) f
c
, (NZS 8.3.1.7)
0.75 0.85 a
1
, and (NZS 8.3.1.7)
0.65 0.85 b
1
, and (NZS 8.3.1.7)
In de sign ing the col umn longitudinal re in force ment, the fol low ing lim its are im -
posed on the steel ten sile strength and the con crete com pres sive strength:
166 Column Design
Figure IX-1
f
y
500 MPA (NZS 3.8.2.1)
f
c
100 MPA (Or di nary and Elas tic) (NZS 3.8.1.1)

f
c
70 MPa (Duc tile and Limited) (NZS 3.8.4.4)

The in ter ac tion al go rithm pro vides cor rec tion to ac count for the con crete area that
is dis placed by the re in force ment in the com pres sion zone.
in ter ac tion sur faces. The maxi mum com pres sive ax ial load is lim ited to N
max
,
where the maxi mum fac tored ax ial load re sis tance is given by:
N = f A A f A
c c g st y st max
0.85 [ ( ) + ] j a
1
- (Or di nary, Elas tic), (NZS 8.4.1.5)

N = f A A f A
c c g st y st max
0.70 [ ( ) + ] j a
1
- (Duc tile, Limited). (NZS 8.5.1.4)

the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give N
*
, M
x
*
, and M
y
*
.
De ter mine the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for sta bil ity.
De ter mine the dy namic mo ment mag ni fi ca tion ef fect.
Ap ply the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors to the fac tored loads ob tained in the
first step. De ter mine whether the point, de fined by the re sult ing ax ial load and
bi ax ial mo ment set, lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume.
steps.
cor re spond ing load fac tors to all of the load con di tions, giv ing N
*
, M
x
*
, and M
y
*
.
The fac tored mo ments are fur ther in creased, if re quired, to ob tain mini mum ec cen -
trici ties of ( ) 15 +0.03h mm, where h is the di men sion of the col umn in the cor re -
spond ing di rec tion (NZS 8.4.11.5). The com puted mo ments are fur ther am pli fied
Column Design 167
by us ing Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors to al low for Lat eral Drift Ef fect and
Mem ber Sta bil ity Ef fect.
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied in two stages. First the mo ments are
sepa rated into their sway and non- sway com po nents. The non- sway com po -
nents are am pli fied for lat eral drift ef fect. Al though this am pli fi ca tion may be
avoided for braced frames ac cord ing to the code, the pro gram treats all frames
uni formly to am plify non- sway com po nents of mo ments. These am pli fied mo -
ments are fur ther am pli fied for in di vid ual mem ber sta bil ity ef fect.
Lateral Drift Effect
For all frames, the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for lat eral drift ef fect is ap plied
only to the sway mo ment in the pro gram.
M M M
ns s s
= +d
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway in the ma jor and
mi nor di rec tions, d d
sx sy
and , can be dif fer ent. The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors,
d d
sx sy
and , can be taken as 1.0 if a P-D analy sis is car ried out. The pro gram as -
sumes that the pro gram analy sis mod els P-D ef fects; there fore, d d
sx sy
and are
taken as 1.0.
It is sug gested that the P-D analy sis be performed at the fac tored load level (White
and Hajjar 1991). The nec es sary fac tors for a P-D analy sis for the NZS 3101- 95
code should be (1.0 DL + 0.4 LL)/j
c
with the load ing stan dard NZS 4203, where
j
c
is the strength re duc tion fac tor for com pres sion and is equal to 0.85.
The user is re minded of the spe cial analy sis re quire ments, es pe cially those re lated
to the value of EI used in analy sis (NZS 8.4.11.5). In the pro gram, the EI val ues are
com puted based on gross cross- section ar eas. The user has the op tion to re duce the
EI val ues for analy sis pur poses us ing a scale fac tor on a section- by- section ba sis. If
the pro gram as sump tions are not sat is fac tory for a par ticu lar mem ber, the user can
ex plic itly spec ify val ues of d
sx
and d
sy
.
Member Stability Effects
All com pres sion mem bers are de signed us ing the fac tored ax ial load, N
*
, ob tained
from the analy sis and a mag ni fied fac tored mo ment, M
c
. The mag ni fied mo ment is
com puted as,
168 Column Design
M M
c b
=d
2
, (NZS 8.4.11.5)
where M
2
is the col umn maxi mum end mo ment ob tained from elas tic analy sis af -
ter con sid er ing mini mum ec cen tric ity and lat eral drift ef fect, and M
c
is the maxi -
mum mo ment as so ci ated with the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the col umn oc cur -
ring at the end or at an in te rior point within the span of the col umn. The mo ment
mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
b
, for mo ments not caus ing sidesway is given by
d
j
b
m
c c
=
C

N
N

1 -
*
1.0 , where (NZS 8.4.11.5)
N =
EI
kL
c
p
2
2
( )
,
k is con ser va tively taken as 1, how ever the user can over ride the value,
EI is as so ci ated with a par ticu lar col umn di rec tion given by
EI =
E I
+
c g
d
0.40
1 b
, and (NZS 8.4.11.5)
b
d
=
Maximum factored axial dead load
Maximum factored total axial load
, (NZS 8.1)
C = +
M
M
m
a
b
0.6 0.4 0.4 , (NZS 8.4.11.5)
M
a
and M
b
b
is nu meri -
cally larger than M
a
. M M
a b
is posi tive for sin gle cur va ture bend ing and
nega tive for dou ble cur va ture bend ing. The pre ced ing ex pres sion of C
m
is
valid if there is no trans verse load ap plied be tween the sup ports. If trans -
verse load is pres ent on the span, or the length is over writ ten, or for any
other case, C
m
=1 (NZS 8.4.11.5). C
m
can be over writ ten by the user on an
el e ment-by-el e ment ba sis.
b
There fore N
*
must be less than j
c c
N . If N
*
j
c c
N , a fail ure con di tion is de clared.
The pre ced ing cal cu la tions use the un sup ported lengths of the col umn. The two un -
22
and l
33
cor re spond ing to in sta bil ity in the mi nor and ma -
Column Design 169
Dynamic Moment Magnification
For seis mic de sign of Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the mo -
ment is fur ther am pli fied for dy namic ef fects of higher modes as fol lows (NZS
8.5.1.2, NZS 8.5.1.3):
[ ]
M R M h V
m b col
* *
= - j w
0 col, joint,elastic
0.3 (NZS A7.2)
where,
M
*
= the de sign mo ment for col umn,
M
col, joint,elastic
= the col umn mo ment at the cen ter of the joint ob tained from lin ear
elas tic analy sis,
V
col
*
= the de sign shear for the col umn,
R
m
= the mo ment re duc tion fac tor, which is taken as a func tion of ax ial force
and the dy namic mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, w, for Duc tile mo ment re sist ing
frames (NZS Ta ble A3). It is taken as 1 for frames with Lim ited duc til ity.
The user can over write this,
j
0
= an over strength fac tor, and is taken as 1.25 j
b
(NZS A4.1.6), and the user
can over write this,
w = the dy namic mag ni fi ca tion fac tor. It is taken as 1, and the user can over -
write this, and
h
b
= the over all di men sion of the beam at the beam- column joint.
How ever, in the cur rent im ple men ta tion, the re duc tion due to the de sign shear force
is taken as zero, which is based on a con ser va tive as sump tion that h
b
is equal to
zero. The user can model this us ing end- offsets in the pro gram. In the cur rent im -
ple men ta tion of the pro gram, the three pa rame ters R
m
, j
0
, and w can be over writ -
ten.
170 Column Design
mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied to the fac tored loads to ob tain N
*
, M
x
*
, and M
y
*
.
The point (N
*
, M
x
*
, M
y
*
) is then placed in the in ter ac tion space, shown as point L in
Fig ure II-3 . If the point lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume, the col umn ca pac ity is
over stressed.
OL
OC
.
ported for each check sta tion of the col umn along with the con trol ling N
*
, M
x
*
, and
M
y
*
set and as so ci ated load com bi na tion number.
rec tion, the pro gram uses fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the fac tored forces act ing on the sec tion, N
*
and V
*
. Note that N
*
is needed for the cal cu la tion of v
c
.
c
De ter mine the re in forc ing steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
Column Design 171
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity,
the shear de sign of the col umns is based on the over strength mo ment ca paci ties of
the col umn (NZS 4.4, 17.3.7.1).
The fol low ing three sec tions de scribe in de tail the al go rithms as so ci ated with the
above- mentioned steps.
the col umn ax ial force, N
*
*
, in a par ticu lar di -
rec tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the pro gram analy sis load cases with the cor -
re spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors.
In the shear de sign of Seis mic mo ment re sist ing Duc tile frames and frames
of Lim ited duc til ity (NOT Elas ti cally re spond ing frames), the fol low ing are
checked in ad di tion to the re quire ment for the Or di nary mo ment re sist ing
frames (NZS 4.4.1.1). The de sign shear force, V
*
, in a par ticu lar di rec tion is
also cal cu lated from the over strength mo ment ca paci ties of the col umn as so ci -
ated with the fac tored ax ial force act ing on the col umn (NZS 8.5.1.3).
For each load com bi na tion, the fac tored ax ial load, N
*
u
+
and M
u
-
ticu lar di rec tion un der the in flu ence of the ax ial force N
*
shear force, V
*
, is then given by (NZS 4.4, NZS 17.3.7.1)
V V + V
p D+ L
*
= (NZS 4.4.5.7, NZS 17.3.7.1)
where V
p
is the shear force ob tained by ap ply ing the cal cu lated over strength ul -
ti mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the col umn act ing in two op po site
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
,
where
172 Column Design
M
I
+
, M
I
-
= Pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties at end I of the
y
and no
j fac tors ( ) j =1.0 ,
M
J
+
, M
J
-
= Posi tive and nega tive mo ment ca paci ties at end J of the
y
and no
j fac tors ( ) j =1.0 , and
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing frames, a, is taken as 1.25 for both Duc tile mo -
ment re sist ing frames and frames with Limited duc til ity (NZS A4.1.6). j is
taken as 1 (NZS 4.4.3.3). V
D L +
is the con tri bu tion of shear force from the
in-span dis tri bu tion of grav ity loads. For most of the col umns, it is zero. See
also Ta ble XI-2 for more de tails.
For Duc tile mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear ca pac ity of the col umn is also
checked for ad di tional fac tored loads, in ad di tion to the checks re quired for ca -
pac ity de sign and fac tored loads. The fac tored shear force is based on the speci -
fied load com bi na tions which are reg u lar load com bi na tions, ex cept the earth -
quake load fac tor is taken to be 1.7 (NZS 4.4.5.8).
The shear ca pac ity pro vided by the con crete alone, v
c
, is cal cu lated as fol lows:
The ba sic shear strength for a rec tan gu lar sec tion is com puted as,
v =
A
b d
f
b
st
w
c
0.07 10 +
(NZS 9.3.2.1)
where,
f
c
70 , and (NZS 9.3.2.1)

0.08 0.2 f v f
c b c

. (NZS 9.3.2.1)
w
is re placed by A
cv
, the ef fec tive shear area,
which is shown in Figure IX-2.
For Or di nary and Elas ti cally re spond ing mo ment re sist ing frames, the con crete
shear ca pac ity for col umns is taken as fol lows:
Column Design 173
v =
+
N
f A
v
c
c g
b
1 12
*
if under axial tension,

if under flexure only,
N
v N
+
N
f
b
c
*
*
*
,
,
<
=
0
0
1 3
A
v N
g
b
>
if under compression,
*
. 0
(NZS 9.3.2.1)
N
*
is neg a tive for ten sion. In any case, v
c
is not taken less than zero.
174 Column Design
Figure IX-2
cv
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing Duc tile frames, the shear strength of a col umn
sec tion is taken as zero if the ax ial force is ten sile or com pres sion is very small.
This is given as
v =
c
0 if N f A
c g
*
0.10 . (NZS 9.4.2.2)

If the ax ial com pres sion is higher than the pre ced ing limit, the con crete shear
ca pac ity for col umns is taken as fol lows:
v v
N
A f
c b
g c
= -
4
*
0.1 if N f A
c g
*
>

0.10 . (NZS 9.4.2.2)
In any case, v
c
is not taken less than zero.
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the con crete shear
ca pac ity for col umns is taken as fol lows (NZS 17.3.7.3 and NZS 17.3.7.4):
v =
+
N
f A
v
c
c g
b
0.5 if under axial ten 6
*
sion,
0.5 if under flexure only,
0.5
N
v N
+
b
*
*
,
,
<
=
0
0
1.5 if under compression,
N
f A
v N
c g
b
*
*
.
>
(NZS 17.3.7.4)
N
*
is neg a tive for ten sion. In any case, v
c
is not taken less than zero (NZS
17.3.7.4).
The av er age shear stress is com puted for a rect an gu lar sec tion as,
v =
V
b d
w
*
*
. (NZS 9.3.1.1)
w
is re placed by A
cv
which is shown in Fig ure XI-2 .
The av er age shear stress, v
*
, has a max i mum limit, v
max
, which is given for Or -
di nary frames and Elas ti cally re spond ing seis mic frames as,
{ }
v f f
c c s max
=

min , , 1.1 0.2 MPa 9 j (NZS 9.3.1.8)
Column Design 175
and for Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity as,
{ }
v f f
c c s max
=

min , , 0.85 0.16 MPa 9 j . (NZS 9.4.4.2)
If
( )
v v
s c
*
j 2 ,
A
s
v
= 0 , (NZS 9.3.4.1)
else if
( ) ( )
j j
s c s c
v v v 2 < +
*
0.35 ,
A
s
b
f
v w
yt
=
0.35
, f
yt
500 MPa , (NZS 9.3.4.3)
else if
( )
j j
s c s
v v v + < 0.35
*
max
,
A
s
v v b
f
v s c w
s yt
=
- ( )
*
j
j
, f
yt
500 MPa , (NZS 9.3.6.3)
else if v v
*
>
max
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (NZS 9.3.1.8)
In cal cu lat ing the de sign shear re in force ment, a limit is im posed on the f
yt
as
f
yt
500 Mpa. (NZS 3.8.2.1 and NZS 9.3.6.1)
The max i mum of all the cal cu lated A s
v
tion, is re ported for the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions of the col umn along with the
con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion num ber.
In de sign ing the col umn shear re in force ment, the fol low ing lim its are im posed on
the con crete com pres sive strength:
f
c

f
c
70 MPa (Duc tile and Lim ited) (NZS 3.8.4.4)

For all col umns and at any sta tion, the min i mum area of trans verse stir rup and cir -
cu lar hoop re in force ment is im posed as fol lows:
176 Column Design
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
h
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
c
-
-
1 r
j 3.3
0.0065
*
ore
(Stir rups) (NZS 8.4.7.2)
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
h
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
c
-
-
1 r
j 2.4
0.0084
*
ore
4
(Hoops) (NZS 8.4.7.1)
In po ten tial plas tic hinge lo ca tions, as de scribed later, of Seis mic mo ment re sist ing
Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the min i mum area of trans verse
stir rup and cir cu lar hoops is im posed as fol lows:
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
-
-
1.3
3.3
0.0060
r
j
*
h
core
(Stir rups) (NZS 8.5.4.3)
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
-
-
1.3
2.4
0.0084
r
j
*
h
core
4
(Hoops) (NZS 8.5.4.3)
In the pre ced ing four equa tions for cal cu lat ing min i mum shear re in force ment, the
fol low ing lim its are im posed:
A
A
g
c
1.2 (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
r
t
m 0.4 (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
f
yt
800 MPa (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
For the def i ni tion of the po ten tial plas tic hinge, it is as sumed in the cur rent ver sion
hinge
, in a col umn de pends on the level of
ax ial com pres sion in it, and it is taken as fol lows:
( )
( )
L
h if N f A
h if N f A
h i
hinge
c c g
c c g
=
<
<
*
*
j
j
0.25
0.25 0.50 2
3
( )
f N f A
c c g
*
j
0.50
(NZS 8.5.4.1)
purely on these con sid er ations. Any other min i mum stir rup re quire ments to sat isfy
spac ing or vol u met ric re quire ments must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently of the pro -
gram by the user.
Column Design 177
Beam Design
na tion fac tors and other cri te ria de scribed herein. The re in force ment re quire ments
are cal cu lated at a user-de fined number of check sta tions along the beam span.
In de sign ing the beam flex ural and shear re in force ment, the fol low ing lim its are
im posed on the steel ten sile strength and the con crete com pres sive strength:
f
y
500 MPA (NZS 3.8.2.1)
f
c

f
c
70 MPA (Duc tile and Limited) (NZS 3.8.4.4)

The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at a user-de fined number of de -
sign sta tions along the beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the
ma jor mo ment of a par ticu lar beam for a par ticu lar sec tion, the pro gram uses the
fol low ing steps:
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment of Or di nary and Seis mic (Duc tile, Lim ited,
and Elas tic) mo ment re sist ing frame con crete beams, the fac tored mo ments for
each load com bi na tion at a par ticu lar beam sta tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the
cor re spond ing mo ments for dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing load fac -
178 Beam Design
tors. The beam sec tion is then de signed for the maxi mum posi tive and maxi mum
nega tive fac tored mo ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions.
Posi tive beam mo ments pro duce bot tom steel. In such cases, the beam may be de -
signed as a Rect an gu lar or T beam. Nega tive beam mo ments pro duce top steel. In
such cases, the beam is al ways de signed as a rec tan gu lar sec tion.
The de sign pro ce dure is based on the sim pli fied rec tan gu lar stress block as shown
in (NZS 8.3.1.6). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that the com pres sion car ried by con -
crete is 0.75 times that which can be car ried at the bal anced con di tion (NZS 8.4.2).
When the ap plied mo ment ex ceeds the mo ment ca pac ity at the bal anced con di tion,
the area of com pres sion re in force ment is cal cu lated on the as sump tion that the ad -
di tional mo ment will be car ried by com pres sion and ad di tional ten sion re in force -
ment.
tions (L and T beams), is sum ma rized in the sub sec tions that follow. All of the
beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design for Flexure of a Rectangular Beam
*
bot tom steel) the depth of the com pres sion block, a (See Figure IX-3), is com puted
as,
a d d
M
f b
c b
= - -
2
1
2
*
a j
, (NZS 8.3.1)
where the de fault value of j
b
is 0.85 (NZS 3.4.2.2) in the pre ced ing and the fol low -
ing equa tions. Also a
1
is cal cu lated as fol lows:
a
1
55 = f
c
0.85 0.004( ) - -
, 0.75 0.85
1
a . (NZS 8.3.1.7)
Also b
1
and c
b
Beam Design 179
b
1
30 = f
c
0.85 0.008( ) - -
, 0.65 0.85
1
b , and (NZS 8.3.1.7)
c =
+ f
d
b
y
600
600
. (NZS 8.4.1.2)
The max i mum al lowed depth of the com pres sion block is given by
a c
b max
=0.75b
1
. (NZS 8.4.2 and NZS 8.3.1.7)
If a a
max
(NZS 8.4.2), the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is then given
by
A
M
f d
a

s
b y
=
-
*
j
2
.
*
is pos i tive, or at the top if M
*
is
neg a tive.
180 Beam Design
Figure IX-3
Design of a Rectangular Beam Section
If a a >
max
(NZS 8.4.2), com pres sion re in force ment is re quired (NZS 8.4.1.3)
and is cal cu lated as fol lows:
The com pres sive force de vel oped in the con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c
=

a
1 max
, and (NZS 8.3.1.7)
the mo ment re sisted by the con crete and bot tom steel is
M C d
a
c b
*
= -
max
2
j .
M M M
s c
* * *
= - .
A
M
f f d d
s
s
s c b

=
- -
*
( )( ) a j
1
, where
f E
c d
c
f
s s y
=
-
0.003 . (NZS 8.3.1.2 and NZS 8.3.1.3)

A
M
f d
a
s
c
y b
1
2
=
-
*
( )
max
j
, and
the ten sile steel for bal anc ing the com pres sion in steel is
A
M
f d d
s
s
y b
2
=
-
*
( ) j
.
s s s
= +
1 2
, and to tal com -
s
. A
s
s
is to be
placed at the top if M
*
is posi tive, and vice versa.
Design for Flexure of a T Beam
(I) Flanged Beam Un der Nega tive Mo ment
Beam Design 181
*
0, (i.e., de sign ing top steel), the
cal cu la tion of the steel area is ex actly the same as for the Rect an gu lar beam, i.e., no
T Beam data is to be used.
(ii) Flanged Beam Un der Pos i tive Mo ment
If M
*
> 0, the depth of the com pres sion block is given by (see Figure IX-4).
a d d
M
f b
c b f
= - -
2
1
2
*
a j
, (NZS 8.3.1)
a c
b max
=0.75 b
1
. (NZS 8.4.2 and NZS 8.3.1.7)
If a d
s
(NZS 8.4.2), the sub se quent cal cu la tions for A
s
are ex actly the same
as pre vi ously performed for the rect an gu lar sec tion de sign. How ever, in this
case the width of the beam is taken as b
f
. Whether com pres sion re in force ment
is re quired de pends on whether a a >
max
.
182 Beam Design
Figure IX-4
If a d
s
> (NZS 8.4.2), cal cu la tion for A
s
is completed in two parts. The first
part is for bal anc ing the com pres sive force from the flange, C
f
, and the sec ond
part is for bal anc ing the com pres sive force from the web, C
w
. As shown in ,
C f b b d
f c f w s
= -
a
1
( ) . (NZS 8.3.1.7)
There fore, A =
C
f
s
f
y
1
*
given by
M = C d
d
f f
s
b
*
-
2
j .
There fore, the bal ance of the mo ment, M
*
to be car ried by the web is given by
M = M M
w f
* * *
- .
The web is a rect an gu lar sec tion of di men sions b
w
and d, for which the depth
of the com pres sion block is re cal cu lated as
a d d
M
f b
w
c b w
1
2
1
2
= - -
*
a j
. (NZS 8.3.1)
If a a
1
max
(NZS 8.4.2), the area of ten sile steel re in force ment is then
given by
A
M
f d
a

s
w
b y
2
1
2
=
-
*
j
, and
A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
.
If a a
1
>
max
(NZS 8.4.2), com pres sion re in force ment is re quired and is cal -
cu lated as fol lows:
The com pres sive force in the con crete web alone is given by
C f ba
w c
=

a
1 max
, and (NZS 8.3.1.7)
the mo ment re sisted by the con crete web and ten sile steel is
Beam Design 183
M C d
a
c w b
*
= -
max
2
j .
M M M
s w c
* * *
= - .
A
M
f f d d
s
s
s c b

=
- -
*
( )( ) a j
1
, where
f E
c d
c
f
s s y
=
-
0.003 . (NZS 8.3.1.2 and NZS 8.3.1.3)

A
M
f d
a
s
c
y b
2
2
=
-
*
max
j
, and
( )
A
M
f d d
s
s
y b
3
=
-
*
j
.
To tal ten sile re in force ment A A A A
s s s s
= + +
1 2 3
, and to tal com pres -
sion re in force ment is A
s
. A
s
is to be placed at the bot tom, and A
s
is to
be placed at the top.
Minimum and Maximum Tensile Reinforcement
The mini mum flex ural ten sile steel pro vided in a rec tan gu lar sec tion in an Or di nary
and Elas tic mo ment re sist ing frame is given by the mini mum of the two lim its:
A
f
f
b d
s
c
y
w
4
, or (NZS 8.4.3.1)
A A
s s required
4
3
( )
. (NZS 8.4.3.3)
184 Beam Design
An up per limit of 0.04 times the gross web area on both the ten sion re in force ment
and the com pres sion re in force ment is im posed upon re quest as fol lows:
A
b d
b d
s
w

0.04 T beam
A
b d
b d
s
w

0.04 T beam
Additional Consideration for Seismic Design
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing con crete Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited
duc til ity (not Elas ti cally re spond ing struc tures), the fol low ing ad di tional con di -
tions are en forced for beam de sign (NZS 8.5.3.2 and NZS 17.3.5.4). See Table IX-2
for com pre hen sive list ing.
The mini mum ten sile lon gi tu di nal re in force ment shall be pro vided at both the
top and bot tom for both Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity. Any
of the top and bot tom re in force ment shall not be less than A
s min ( )
if ten sile re in -
force ment is re quired.
A
f
f
b d
c
y
w s(min)

4
. (NZS 8.5.3.2)
The beam flex ural ten sile steel is lim ited to a maxi mum given by
A b d
s w
0.025 and (NZS 8.5.3.2, NZS 17.3.5.4)
A
f
f
b d
s
c
y
w
10
6
. (NZS 8.5.3.2, NZS 17.3.5.4)
At any sec tion of a beam within a po ten tial plas tic hinge re gion for Duc tile mo -
ment re sist ing frames, as de fined later on page 189, the com pres sion re in force -
ment area, A
s
, shall not be less than one-half of the ten sion re in force ment area,
A
s
, at the same sec tion (NZS 8.5.3.2). At any sec tion of a beam within a po ten -
tial plas tic hinge re gion for mo ment re sist ing frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the
com pres sion re in force ment area shall not be less than three-eight of the ten sion
re in force ment area at the same sec tion (NZS 17.3.5.4).
At least one-fourth of the larger of the top flex ural re in force ment re quired at ei -
ther end of the beam in a Duc tile frame or in a frame with Lim ited duc til ity
shall be con tin ued through out its length (NZS 8.5.3.2, 17.3.5.4).
Beam Design 185
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load com bi na tion at a user-de fined
*
.
c
De ter mine the re in forc ing steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear de sign of the beams is also based
on the over strength mo ment ca paci ties of the mem bers.
steps.
In the shear de sign of Seis mic mo ment re sist ing Duc tile frames and frames
of Lim ited duc til ity (NOT Elas ti cally re spond ing frames), how ever, the shear
force, V
*
, is cal cu lated from the overstrength mo ment ca pac i ties of each end of
the beam, and the grav ity shear forces (NZS 4.4.1.1). The pro ce dure for cal cu -
lat ing the de sign shear force in a beam from overstrength mo ment ca pac ity is
the same as that de scribed for a col umn in the Col umn De sign sec tion on
page 172 (NZS 8.5.1.3). See also Ta ble XI-2 for more de tails.
The de sign shear force, V
*
, is then given by (NZS 4.4, NZS 17.3.7.1)
V V + V
p D+ L
*
= (NZS 4.4, NZS 17.3.7.1)
where, V
p
is the shear force ob tained by ap ply ing the cal cu lated over strength
mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the beams act ing in two op po site di rec -
tions. There fore, V
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
186 Beam Design
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
,
where
M
I
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with bot tom steel in ten sion, us ing a steel
y
and no j fac tors ( ) j =1.0 ,
M
J
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with bot tom steel in ten sion, us ing a steel
y
M
I
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with top steel in ten sion, us ing a steel yield
stress value of af
y
M
J
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with top steel in ten sion, us ing a steel yield
stress value of af
y
and no j fac tors ( ) j =1.0 , and
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing frames, a, is taken as 1.25 for both Duc tile mo -
ment re sist ing frames and frames with Limited duc til ity (NZS A4.1.6). j is
taken as 1 (NZS 4.4.3.3). V
D L +
is the con tri bu tion of shear force from the load
in-span dis tri bu tion of grav ity loads.
The shear ca pac ity pro vided by the con crete alone, v
c
, is cal cu lated as fol lows:
The ba sic shear strength for a rec tan gu lar sec tion is com puted as,
v =
A
b d
f
b
s
w
c
0.07 +
10 (NZS 9.3.2.1)
where,
f
c
70 , and (NZS 9.3.2.1)

0.08 0.2 f v f
c b c

. (NZS 9.3.2.1)
For Or di nary and Elas ti cally re spond ing mo ment re sist ing frames, the con crete
shear ca pac ity for beams is taken as fol lows:
Beam Design 187
v = v
c b
. (NZS 9.3.2.1)
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing Duc tile frames, the shear strength of a beam sec -
tion is taken as zero since the ax ial force is con sid ered to be very small or ten -
sile. This is given as
v =
c
0 . (NZS 9.4.2.1)
For Seis mic mo ment re sist ing frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the con crete shear
ca pac ity for the beam is taken as fol lows:
v = v
c b
0.5 . (NZS 17.3.7.3)
The av er age shear stress is com puted for a rec tan gu lar beam sec tion as,
v =
V
b d
w
*
*
. (NZS 9.3.1.1)
w
is re placed by A
cv
which is shown in Figure IX-2.
The av er age shear stress, v
*
, is lim ited to a maxi mum limit, v
max
, which is given
for Or di nary frames and Elas ti cally re spond ing seis mic frames as,
{ }
v f f
c c s max
=

min , , 1.1 0.2 MPa 9 j (NZS 9.3.1.8)
and for Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity as,
{ }
v f f
c c s max
=

min , , 0.85 0.16 MPa 9 j . (NZS 9.4.4.2)
If
( )
v v
s c
*
j 2 ,
A
s
v
= 0 , (NZS 9.3.4.1)
else if
( ) ( )
j j
s c s c
v v v 2 < +
*
0.35 ,
A
s
b
f
v w
yt
=
0.35
, f
yt
500 MPa (NZS 9.3.4.3)
188 Beam Design
else if
( )
j j
s c s
v v v + < 0.35
*
max
,
A
s
v v b
f
v s c w
s yt
=
- ( )
*
j
j
, f
yt
500 MPa (NZS 9.3.6.3)
else if v v
*
>
max
,
a fail ure con di tion is de clared. (NZS 9.3.1.8)
In cal cu lat ing the de sign shear re in force ment, a limit is im posed on the f
yt
as
f
yt
500 Mpa. (NZS 3.8.2.1 and NZS 9.3.6.1)
The maxi mum of all the cal cu lated A s
v
tion, is re ported for the beam along with the con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated
load com bi na tion number.
For all beams and at any sta tion, the mini mum area of trans verse stir rup re in force -
ment is im posed as fol lows:
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
h
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
c
-
-
1 r
j 3.3
0.0065
*
ore
(NZS 8.4.7.2)
In po ten tial plas tic hinge lo ca tions, as de scribed later, of Seis mic mo ment re sist ing
Duc tile frames and frames with Lim ited duc til ity, the mini mum area of trans verse
stir rup is im posed as fol lows:
A
s
m
A
A
f
f
N
f A
v t
g
c
c
yt c c g
-
-
1.3
3.3
0.0060
r
j
*
h
core
(NZS 8.5.4.3)
In the above two equa tions for cal cu lat ing the mini mum shear re in force ment, the
fol low ing lim its are im posed:
A
A
g
c
1.2 (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
r
t
m 0.4 (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
f
yt
800 MPa (NZS 8.4.7 and NZS 8.5.4.3)
For the defi ni tion of the po ten tial plas tic hinge, it is as sumed in the cur rent ver sion
hinge
, in a beam is taken as fol lows:
Beam Design 189
L h
hinge
= 2 (NZS 8.5.3.1)
purely on the pre ced ing con sid era tions. Any other mini mum stir rup re quire ments
to sat isfy spac ing or volu met ric re quire ments must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently
190 Beam Design
Beam Design 191
Type of
Check/
Design
Ordinary (non-Seismic)
or Elastically
Responding
(Seismic)
Moment Resisting Frames
with Limited ductility or
Elastically responding
(Seismic)
Ductile Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic)
Column
Check
(Interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations
NLD
a
Combinations
R
m
=1
NLD
a
Combinations
R
m
is from NZS Table A3
Column
Design
(Interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations
0.008 < r < 0.08
0.008 < r < 18 f
y
(Elastic only)
NLD
a
Combinations
a = 1.0
0.008 < r < 18 f
y
R
m
=1
NLD
a
Combinations
a = 1.0
0.008< r < 18 f
y
R
m
is from NZS Table A3
Column
Shears
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combs
Column Capacity Shear (V
p
)
j = 1.0 and a = 1.25
NLD
a
Combinations and
Column Capacity Shear (V
p
)
Extra Combo with 1.7 V
E
j = 1.0 and a = 1.25
Beam
Design
Flexure
NLD
a
Combinations
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.025
r
+
f
f
c
y
10
6
r
f
f
c
y
4
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.025
r
+
f
f
c
y
10
6
r
f
f
c
y
4
Beam Min.
Moment
Override
Check
No Requirement
A A
sEND
+
sEND
-
3
8
{ }
A A
sSPAN
+
sEND

-
1
4
max
A A
sEND
+
sEND
-
1
2
{ }
A A
sSPAN
+
sEND

-
1
4
max
Beam Design
Shear
NLD
a
Combinations
v v
c b
=
NLD
a
Combinations
p
)
with a = 1.25 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

v v
c b
= / 2
NLD
a
Combinations
p
)
with a = 1.25 and j = 1.0
plus V
D+L

v
c
= 0
a
NLD = Num ber of spec i fied load ing
Table IX-2
Comparison of Ordinary and Seismic Moment Resisting Frame Design
C h a p t e r X
Design for UBC 97
This chap ter de scribes in de tail the var i ous as pects of the con crete de sign pro ce dure
that is used by the pro gram when the user se lects the UBC 97 De sign Code (ICBO
1997). Var i ous no ta tions used in this chap ter are listed in Table X-1.
When us ing the UBC 97 op tion, a frame is as signed to one of the fol low ing five
Seis mic Zones (UBC 2213, 2214):
Zone 0
Zone 1
Zone 2
Zone 3
Zone 4
By de fault the Seis mic Zone is taken as Zone 4 in the pro gram. How ever, the Seis -
mic Zone can be over writ ten in the Pref er ences.
193
194
A
cv
Area of con crete used to de ter mine shear stress, sq- in
A
g
Gross area of con crete, sq- in
A
s
Area of ten sion re in force ment, sq- in
A
s
Area of compression re in force ment, sq- in

A
s required ( )
Area of steel re quired for ten sion re in force ment, sq- in
A
st
To tal area of col umn lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, sq- in
A
v
Area of shear re in force ment, sq- in
a Depth of com pres sion block, in
a
b
Depth of com pres sion block at bal anced condition, in
b Width of mem ber, in
b
f
Ef fec tive width of flange (T Beam sec tion), in
b
w
Width of web (T Beam sec tion), in
C
m
Co ef fi cient, de pend ent upon col umn cur va ture, used to cal cu late mo -
ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor
c Depth to neu tral axis, in
c
b
Depth to neu tral axis at bal anced con di tions, in
d Dis tance from com pres sion face to ten sion re in force ment, in
d Con crete cover to cen ter of re in forc ing, in
d
s
Thick ness of slab (T Beam sec tion), in
D Di am e ter of hoop, in
E
c
Modu lus of elas tic ity of con crete, psi
E
s
Modu lus of elas tic ity of re in force ment, as sumed as 29,000,000 psi
(UBC 1908.5.2)
f
c
Speci fied com pres sive strength of con crete, psi

f
y
Spec ified yield strength of flex ural re in force ment, psi
f
y
80 000 , psi (UBC 1909.4)
f
ys
Speci fied yield strength of shear re in force ment, psi
h Di men sion of col umn, in
I
g
ne glect ing re in force ment, in
4
I
se
mem ber cross sec tion, in
4
Table X-1
List of Symbols Used in the UBC-97 code
195
Chapter X Design for UBC 97
L Clear un sup ported length, in
M
1
Smaller fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, lb- in
M
2
Larger fac tored end mo ment in a col umn, lb- in
M
c
Factored mo ment to be used in design, lb- in
M
ns
Non sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, lb-in
M
s
Sway com po nent of fac tored end mo ment, lb-in
M
u
Fac tored mo ment at section, lb- in
M
ux
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about X-axis, lb- in
M
uy
Fac tored mo ment at sec tion about Y-axis, lb- in
P
b
Ax ial load ca pac ity at bal anced strain con di tions, lb
P
c
Criti cal buck ling strength of col umn, lb
P
max
Maxi mum ax ial load strength al lowed, lb
P
0
Ax ial load ca pac ity at zero ec cen tric ity, lb
P
u
Fac tored ax ial load at sec tion, lb
r Ra dius of gy ra tion of col umn sec tion, in
V
c
Shear re sisted by con crete, lb
V
E
Shear force caused by earth quake loads, lb
V
D L +
Shear force from span load ing, lb
V
u
Fac tored shear force at a sec tion, lb
V
p
Shear force com puted from prob able mo ment ca pac ity, lb
b
1
b
d
Ab so lute value of ra tio of maxi mum fac tored ax ial dead load to maxi -
mum fac tored ax ial to tal load
d
s
d
ns
e
c
Strain in con crete
e
s
j Strength re duc tion fac tor
Table X-1
List of Symbols Used in the UBC-97 code (continued)
When us ing the UBC 97 op tion, the fol low ing Framing Sys tems are rec og nized and
de signed in ac cor dance with to the UBC de sign pro vi sions (UBC 1627, 1921):
Or di nary Mo ment Re sist ing Frame (OMF)
Intermediate Mo ment Re sist ing Frame (IMRF)
Spe cial Mo ment Re sist ing Frame (SMRF)
The Or di nary Mo ment Re sist ing Frame (OMF) is ap pro pri ate in min i mal seis mic
risk ar eas, es pe cially in Seis mic Zones 0 and 1. The In ter me di ate Mo ment Re sist -
ing Frame (IMRF) is ap pro pri ate in mod er ate seis mic risk ar eas, spe cially in Seis -
mic Zone 2. The Spe cial Mo ment Re sist ing Frame (SMRF) is ap pro pri ate in high
seis mic risk ar eas, spe cially in Seis mic Zones 3 and 4. The UBC seis mic de sign
pro vi sions are con sid ered in the pro gram. The de tails of the de sign cri te ria used for
the dif fer ent fram ing sys tems are de scribed in the fol low ing sec tions.
By de fault the frame type is taken in the pro gram as OMRF in Seis mic Zone 0 and
1, as IMRF in Seis mic Zone 2, and as SMRF in Seis mic Zone 3 and 4. How ever, the
frame type can be over writ ten in the Overwrites on a mem ber-by-mem ber ba sis. If
any mem ber has been as signed a frame type, changing of the Seis mic Zone in the
Pref er ence will not mod ify the frame type of the in di vid ual mem ber.
on Inch-Pound-Sec ond units. For sim plic ity, all equa tions and de scrip tions pre -
sented in this chap ter cor re spond to Inch-Pound-Sec ond units un less oth er wise
noted.
The de sign load com bi na tions are the var i ous com bi na tions of the pre scribed load
cases for which the struc ture is to be checked. For the UBC 97 code, if a struc ture is
sub jected to dead load (DL) and live load (LL) only, the stress check may need only
one load com bi na tion, namely 1.4 DL + 1.7 LL (UBC 1909.2.1). How ever, in ad di -
tion to the dead and live loads, if the struc ture is sub jected to wind (WL) and earth -
quake (EL) loads, and con sid er ing that wind and earth quake forces are re vers ible,
then the fol low ing load com bi na tions must be con sid ered (UBC 1909.2).
1.4 DL (UBC 1909.2.1)
1.4 DL + 1.7 LL (UBC 1909.2.1)
0.9 DL 1.3 WL (UBC 1909.2.2)
0.75 (1.4 DL + 1.7 LL 1.7 WL) (UBC 1909.2.2)
0.9 DL 1.0 EL (UBC 1909.2.3, 1612.2.1)
1.2 DL + 0.5 LL 1.0 EL) (UBC 1909.2.3, 1612.2.1)
UBC97 code is used.
Live load re duc tion fac tors can be ap plied to the mem ber forces of the live load
con di tion on an element- by- element ba sis to re duce the con tri bu tion of the live load
to the fac tored load ing.
The strength re duc tion fac tors, j, are ap plied on the nom i nal strength to ob tain the
de sign strength pro vided by a mem ber. The j fac tors for flex ure, ax ial force, shear,
and tor sion are as fol lows:
j = 0.90 for flex ure, (UBC 1909.3.2.1)
j = 0.90 for ax ial ten sion, (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
j = 0.90 for ax ial ten sion and flex ure, (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
and flex ure (spi rally re in forced col umn), (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
and flex ure (tied col umn), (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
j = 0.85 for shear and tor sion (non-seis mic de sign), (UBC 1909.3.2.3)
j = 0.60 for shear and tor sion (UBC 1909.3.2.3)
Column Design
con crete sec tion types of the model. A typ i cal bi axial in ter ac tion sur face is
Strength Reduction Factors 197
for Or di nary and In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames (UBC 1910.9.1) and 1
to 6 per cent for Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames (UBC 1921.4.3.1).
these steps.
three di men sions on the sec tion of the col umn. See Fig ure II-2. The lin ear strain di -
a gram lim its the max i mum con crete strain, e
c
, at the ex trem ity of the sec tion
to 0.003 (UBC 1910.2.3).
strength de sign (UBC 1910.3), and al lows for any dou bly sym met ric rect an gu lar,
s s
y
(UBC
1910.2.4). The area as so ci ated with each re in forc ing bar is as sumed to be placed at
the ac tual lo ca tion of the cen ter of the bar and the al go rithm does not as sume any
fur ther sim pli fi ca tions in the man ner in which the area of steel is dis trib uted over
the cross-sec tion of the col umn, such as an equiv a lent steel tube or cyl in der. See
Fig ure X-1.
198 Column Design
The con crete com pres sion stress block is as sumed to be rect an gu lar, with a stress
value of 0.85f
c
(UBC 1910.2.7.1). See Fig ure X-1. The in ter ac tion al go rithm pro -
vides cor rec tion to ac count for the con crete area that is dis placed by the re in force -
ment in the com pres sion zone.
in ter ac tion sur faces. The maxi mum com pres sive ax ial load is lim ited to jP
n(max)
,
where
j j P = f A - A + f A
c g st y st n(max)
0.85 [ 0.85 ( ) ]
(spi ral), (UBC 1910.3.5.1)

j j P = f A - A f A
c g st y st n(max)
0.80 [ 0.85 ( ) + ]
(tied), (UBC 1910.3.5.2)

j = 0.70 for tied col umns, and (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
j = 0.75 for spi rally re in forced col umns. (UBC 1909.3.2.2)
The value of j used in the in ter ac tion di a gram var ies from j
min
to 0.9 based on the
ax ial load. For low val ues of ax ial load, j is in creased lin early from j
min
to 0.9 as
the nom i nal ca pac ity jP
n
de creases from the smaller of jP
b
or 0.1 f A
c g
to zero,
where P
b
is the ax ial force at the bal anced con di tion. In cases in volv ing ax ial ten -
sion, j is al ways 0.9 (UBC 1909.3.2.2).
Column Design 199
Figure X-1
the speci fied load com bi na tion fac tors to give P M M
u ux uy
, , and .
Ap ply the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors to the fac tored mo ments. De ter mine
whether the point, de fined by the re sult ing ax ial load and bi ax ial mo ment set,
lies within the in ter ac tion vol ume.
The fac tored mo ments and cor re spond ing mag ni fi ca tion fac tors de pend on the
iden ti fi ca tion of the in di vid ual col umn as sway or non-sway.
steps.
The fac tored loads for a par tic u lar load com bi na tion are ob tained by ap ply ing the
cor re spond ing load fac tors to all the load cases, giv ing P M M
u ux uy
, , and . The fac -
tored mo ments are fur ther in creased for non-sway col umns, if re quired, to ob tain
min i mum ec cen tric i ties of (0.6 0.03 + h) inches, where h is the di men sion of the
col umn in the cor re spond ing di rec tion (UBC 1910.12.3.2).
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are cal cu lated sepa rately for sway (over all sta -
bil ity ef fect), d
s
and for non- sway (in di vid ual col umn sta bil ity ef fect), d
ns
. Also the
mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors in the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions are in gen eral dif -
fer ent.
The pro gram as sumes that a P-D anal y sis has been per formed in the pro gram and,
there fore, mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for mo ments caus ing sidesway are taken
as unity (UBC 1910.10.2). For the P-D anal y sis the load should cor re spond to a
load com bi na tion of 0.75 (1.4 dead load + 1.7 live load)/j if wind load gov erns, or
(1.2 dead load + 0.50 live load)/j if seismic load gov erns, where j is the
understrength fac tor for sta bil ity and is taken as 0.75 (UBC 1910.12.3). See also
White and Hajjar (1991).
200 Column Design
( ) M
s
and the non- sway (M
ns
) com po nents. The non- sway com po nents which are
iden ti fied by ns sub scripts are pre domi nantly caused by grav ity load. The sway
com po nents are iden ti fied by the s sub scripts. The sway mo ments are pre domi -
nantly caused by lat eral loads, and are re lated to the cause of sidesway.
For in di vid ual col umns or column- members in a floor, the mag ni fied mo ments
about two axes at any sta tion of a col umn can be ob tained as
M M M
ns s s
= +d . (UBC 1910.13.3)
The fac tor d
s
is the mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor for mo ments caus ing sidesway.
The mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tors for sway mo ments, d
s
, is taken as 1 be cause the
com po nent mo ments M
s
and M
ns
are ob tained from a sec ond or der elas tic (P-D)
anal y sis.
The com puted mo ments are fur ther am pli fied for in di vid ual col umn sta bil ity ef fect
(UBC 1910.12.3, 1910.13.5) by the nonsway mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
ns
, as
fol lows:
M M
c ns
=d
2
, where (UBC 1910.12.3)
M
c
is the fac tored mo ment to be used in de sign, and
M
2
is the larger fac tored and am pli fied end mo ment.
The non-sway mo ment mag ni fi ca tion fac tor, d
ns
, as so ci ated with the ma jor or mi -
nor di rec tion of the col umn is given by (UBC 1910.12.3)
d
ns
m
u
c
C

P
P
=
0.75
1.0
1 -
, where (UBC 1910.12.3)
P =
EI
kl
c
u
p
2
2
( )
, (UBC 1910.12.3)
k is con ser va tively taken as 1, how ever the user can over write this value, and
EI is as so ci ated with a par ticu lar col umn di rec tion given by:
EI =
E I
+
c g
d
0.4
1 b
, (UBC 1910.12.3)
Column Design 201
b
d
=
maximum factored axial dead load
maximum factored axial total load
, and (UBC 1910.12.3)
C = +
M
M
m
a
b
0.6 0.4 0.4 . (UBC 1910.12.3.1)
M
a
and M
b
b
is nu meri cally
larger than M
a
. M M
a b
is posi tive for sin gle cur va ture bend ing and nega tive
for dou ble cur va ture bend ing.
The pre ced ing ex pres sion of C
m
is valid if there is no trans verse load ap plied
be tween the sup ports. If trans verse load is pres ent on the span, or the length is
over writ ten, C
m
=1 . C
m
can be over writ ten by the user on an el e ment-by-el e -
ment ba sis.
ns
There fore P
u
must be less than 0.75P
c
. If P
u
0.75P
c
, a fail ure con di tion is de clared.
22
and l
33
cor re spond ing to in sta bil ity in the mi nor and ma jor
di rec tions of the ele ment, re spec tively. See Figure II-7. These are the lengths be -
tween the sup port points of the ele ment in the cor re spond ing di rec tions.
s ns
and .
mag ni fi ca tion fac tors are ap plied to the fac tored loads to ob tain P M M
u ux uy
, , and .
The point (P M M
u ux uy
,
,
over stressed.
202 Column Design
OL
OC
.
ported for each check sta tion of the col umn, along with the con trol ling
P M M
u ux uy
De ter mine the fac tored forces act ing on the sec tion, P
u
and V
u
. Note that P
u
is
needed for the cal cu la tion of V
c
.
c
de sign of the col umns is also based upon the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci -
ties of the mem bers, re spec tively, in ad di tion to the fac tored mo ments. Ef fects of
the ax ial forces on the col umn mo ment ca paci ties are in cluded in the for mu la tion.
steps.
sist ing con crete frame, the forces for a par tic u lar load com bi na tion, namely,
Column Design 203
u
u
, in a par tic u lar di rec -
tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the pro gram anal y sis load cases with the cor re -
spond ing load com bi na tion fac tors.
In the shear de sign of Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames (seis mic de sign) the
col umn is checked for ca pac ity-shear in ad di tion to the re quire ment for the Or -
di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The ca pac ity-shear force in a col umn, V
p
, in a
par ticu lar di rec tion is cal cu lated from the prob able mo ment ca paci ties of the
col umn as so ci ated with the fac tored ax ial force act ing on the col umn.
u
pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties, M
u
+
and M
u
-
tic u lar di rec tion un der the in flu ence of the ax ial force P
u
is cal cu lated us ing the
uni ax ial in ter ac tion di a gram in the cor re spond ing di rec tion. The de sign shear
force, V
u
, is then given by (UBC 1921.4.5.1)
V V + V
u p D+ L
= (UBC 1921.4.5.1)
where, V
p
is the ca pac ity-shear force ob tained by ap ply ing the cal cu lated prob -
able ul ti mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the col umn act ing in two op -
po site di rec tions. There fore, V
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
+
, M
I
-
= Posi tive and nega tive mo ment ca paci ties at end I of
y

M
J
+
, M
J
-
= Pos i tive and neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties at end J of
y

For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames, a is taken as 1.25 (UBC 1921.0). V
D L +
is
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear ca pac ity of the col umn
is also checked for the ca pac ity-shear based on the nom i nal mo ment ca pac i ties
204 Column Design
at the ends and the fac tored grav ity loads, in ad di tion to the check re quired for
Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The de sign shear force is taken to be the
min i mum of that based on the nom i nal (j =1.0) mo ment ca pac ity and fac tored
shear force. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity is the
same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for Spe cial mo ment
re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 rather than 1.25 (UBC 1921.0,
1921.8.3). The fac tored shear forces are based on the spec i fied load fac tors, ex -
cept the earth quake load fac tors are dou bled (UBC 1921.8.3).
Given the de sign force set P
u
and V
u
, the shear force car ried by the con crete, V
c
, is
If the col umn is sub jected to ax ial com pres sion, i.e., P
u
is posi tive,
V = f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
2 1
2000
, (UBC 1911.3.1.2)
where,
f
c
100 psi, and (UBC 1911.1.2)

V f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
3.5 1
500
. (UBC 1911.3.2.2)
The term
P
A
u
g
must have psi units. A
cv
is the ef fec tive shear area, which is shown
shaded in Figure X-2. For cir cu lar col umns, A
cv
is not taken to be greater than
0.8 times the gross area (UBC 1911.5.6.2).
If the col umn is sub jected to ax ial ten sion, P
u
is nega tive,
V = f +
P
A
A
c c
u
g
cv
2 1
500
0
(UBC 1911.3.2.3)
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frame de sign, V
c
is set to zero if the
fac tored ax ial com pres sive force, P
u
, in clud ing the earth quake ef fect is small
( ) P f A /
u c g
<

20 and if the shear force con tri bu tion from earth quake, V
E
, is
Column Design 205
more than half of the to tal fac tored max i mum shear force over the length of the
mem ber V
u
(V V
E u
0.5 ) (UBC 1921.4.5.2).
Given V
u
and V
c
, the re quired shear re in force ment in the form of stir rups or ties
within a spac ing, s, is given for rect an gu lar and cir cu lar col umns by
206 Column Design
Figure X-2
cv
A =
V / V s
f d
v
u c
ys
( ) j -
, for rect an gu lar col umns (UBC 1911.5.6.1, 1911.5.6.2)
A =
V / V s
f D
v
u c
ys
2
p
j ( ) -
, for cir cu lar col umns, (UBC 1911.5.6.1, 1911.5.6.2)

V
u
is lim ited by the fol low ing re la tion ship,
( / ) V V f A
u c c cv
j -
8 (UBC 1911.5.6.8)
Oth er wise redimensioning of the con crete sec tion is re quired. Here j, the strength
re duc tion fac tor, is 0.85 for nonseismic de sign or for seis mic de sign in Seis mic
Zones 0, 1, and 2 (UBC 1909.3.2.3) and is 0.60 for seis mic de sign in Seis mic
Zones 3 and 4 (UBC 1909.3.4.1). The max i mum of all of the cal cu lated A
v
val ues
ob tained from each load com bi na tion are re ported for the ma jor and mi nor di rec -
tions of the col umn, along with the con trol ling shear force and as so ci ated load com -
bi na tion la bel.
purely on shear strength con sid er ation. Any min i mum stir rup re quire ments to sat -
isfy spac ing con sid er ations or trans verse re in force ment vol u met ric con sid er ations
must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently of the pro gram by the user.
Beam Design
are cal cu lated at a user-de fined num ber of check/de sign sta tions along the beam
span.
All of the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only. Ef fects
due to any ax ial forces, mi nor di rec tion bend ing, and tor sion that may ex ist in the
beams must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently by the user.
Beam Design 207
The beam top and bot tom flex ural steel is de signed at check/de sign sta tions along
the beam span. In de sign ing the flex ural re in force ment for the ma jor mo ment for a
par ticu lar beam for a par ticu lar sec tion, the pro gram uses the fol low ing steps:
In the de sign of flex ural re in force ment of Spe cial, In ter me di ate, or Or di nary mo -
ment re sist ing con crete frame beams, the fac tored mo ments for each load com bi na -
tion at a par ticu lar beam sec tion are ob tained by fac tor ing the cor re spond ing mo -
ments for dif fer ent load cases with the cor re spond ing load fac tors.
The beam sec tion is then de signed for the maxi mum posi tive M
u
+
and maxi mum
nega tive M
u
-
fac tored mo ments ob tained from all of the load com bi na tions.
such cases the beam may be de signed as a Rect an gu lar or a T beam.
The de sign pro ce dure is based on the sim pli fied rect an gu lar stress block, as shown
in Figure X-3 (UBC 1910.2). Fur ther more, it is as sumed that the com pres sion car -
ried by con crete is less than 0.75 times that which can be car ried at the bal anced
con di tion (UBC 1910.3.3). When the ap plied mo ment ex ceeds the mo ment ca pac -
ity at this de signed bal anced con di tion, the area of com pres sion re in force ment is
cal cu lated on the as sump tion that the ad di tional mo ment will be car ried by com -
pres sion and ad di tional ten sion re in force ment.
The de sign pro ce dure used by the pro gram, for both rect an gu lar and flanged sec -
tions (L and T beams) is sum ma rized in the sub sec tions that follow. It is as sumed
208 Beam Design
that the de sign ul ti mate ax ial force does not ex ceed 0.1f A
c g
(UBC 1910.3.3);
hence, all of the beams are de signed for ma jor di rec tion flex ure and shear only.
Design for Rectangular Beam
u
bot tom steel) the depth of the com pres sion block is given by a (see Figure X-3),
where,
a d d
M
f b
u
c
= - -
2
2
0.85 j
,
where, the value of j is 0.90 (UBC 1909.3.2.1) in the pre ced ing and the fol low ing
equa tions. Also b
1
and c
b
b
1
= 0.85 0.05 -
-

f
c
4000
1000
, 0.65 0.85 b
1
, (UBC 1910.2.7.3)
c
E
E + f
d =
+ f
d
b
c s
c s y y
=
e
e
87 000
87 000
. (UBC 1910.2.3, 1910.2.4)
a c
b max
= 0.75b
1
. (UBC 1910.2.7.1, 1910.3.3)
Beam Design 209
If a a
max
A
M
f d
a

s
u
y
=
-
j
2
.
u
u
is
nega tive.
If a a >
max
, com pres sion re in force ment is re quired (UBC 1910.3.3) and is
The com pres sive force de vel oped in con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c
=

0.85
max
, and (UBC 1910.2.7.1)
the mo ment re sisted by con crete com pres sion and ten sile steel is
M C d
a
uc
= -
max
2
j .
There fore the mo ment re sisted by com pres sion steel and ten sile steel is
210 Beam Design
Figure X-3
M M M
us u uc
= - .
A
M
f d d
s
us
s
=
- ( ) j
, where
f E
c d
c
s s
=
-
0.003 . (UBC 1910.2.4)

A
M
f d
a
s
uc
y
1
2
=
-
max
j
, and
the ten sile steel for bal anc ing the com pres sion in steel is given by
A
M
f d d
s
us
y
2
=
- ( ) j
.
s s s
= +
1 2
, and to tal com -
s
. A
s
s
is to be
placed at top if M
u
is posi tive, and vice versa if M
u
is nega tive.
Design for T Beam
u
, (i.e., de sign ing top steel), the cal -
cu la tion of the steel area is ex actly the same as de scribed for the Rect an gu lar beam,
i.e., no T beam data is to be used. See Figure X-4. If M
u
> 0 , the depth of the com -
pres sion block is given by
a d d
M
f b
u
c f
= - -
2
2
0.85 j
.
a c
b max
= 0.75b
1
. (UBC 1910.2.7.1)
Beam Design 211
If a d
s
s
are ex actly the same as pre vi ously
de fined for the rec tan gu lar sec tion de sign. How ever, in this case the width of
the com pres sion flange is taken as the width of the beam for analy sis. Whether
com pres sion re in force ment is re quired de pends on whether a a >
max
.
If a d
s
s
is com pleted in two parts. The first part is for bal -
f
w
, as shown in Figure X-4. C
f
is
given by
C f b b d
f c f w s
= -
0.85 ( ) .
There fore, A =
C
f
s
f
y
1
u
given by
M = C d
d
uf f
s
-
2
j .
212 Beam Design
Figure X-4
Again, the value for j is 0.90. There fore, the bal ance of the mo ment, M
u
to be
car ried by the web is given by
M = M M
uw u uf
- .
The web is a rec tan gu lar sec tion of di men sions b
w
and d, for which the de sign
depth of the com pres sion block is re cal cu lated as
a d d
M
f b
uw
c w
1
2
2
= - -
0.85 j
.
If a a
1
max
A
M
f d
a
s
uw
y
2
1
2
=
-
j
, and
A A A
s s s
= +
1 2
.
If a a
1
>
max
, com pres sion re in force ment is re quired (UBC 1910.3.3) and is
The com pres sive force in web con crete alone is given by
C f ba
c
=

0.85
max
. (UBC 1910.2.7.1)
There fore, the mo ment re sisted by con crete web and ten sile steel is
M C d
a
uc
= -
max
2
j , and
the mo ment re sisted by com pres sion steel and ten sile steel is
M M M
us uw uc
= - .
A
M
f d d
s
us
s
=
- ( ) j
, where
f E
c d
c
s s
=
-
0.003 . (UBC 1910.2.4)

Beam Design 213
A
M
f d
a
s
uc
y
2
2
=
-
max
j
, and
A
M
f d d
s
us
y
3
=
- ( ) j
.
The to tal ten sile re in force ment A A A A
s s s s
= + +
1 2 3
, and to tal com -
s
. A
s
s
is
to be placed at the top.
Minimum Tensile Reinforcement
The mini mum flex ural ten sile steel pro vided in a rec tan gu lar or T beam sec tion in
an Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frame is given by the mini mum of the two fol low ing
lim its:
A
f
f
b d
f
b d
s
c
y
w
y
w
max and
3
200
or (UBC 1910.5.1)
A A
s s required
4
3
( ).
(UBC 1910.5.3)
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de sign
sat is fies the fol low ing ad di tional con di tions (see also Table X-2 for com pre hen sive
list ing) :
The min i mum lon gi tu di nal re in force ment shall be pro vided at both the top and
bot tom. Any of the top and bot tom re in force ment shall not be less than A
s min ( )
(UBC 1921.3.2.1).
A
f
f
b d
f
b d
c
y
w
y
w s(min)

max ,
3
200
or (UBC 1910.5.1, 1921.3.2.1)
214 Beam Design
A A
s required s(min)

4
3
( )
. (UBC 1910.5.3, 1921.3.2.1)
A b d
s w
0.025 . (UBC 1921.3.2.1)
a tive mo ment ca pac ity (i.e., as so ci ated with the top steel) at that end (UBC
1921.3.2.2).
Nei ther the neg a tive mo ment ca pac ity nor the pos i tive mo ment ca pac ity at any
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-fourth of the max i mum
of pos i tive or neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (UBC 1921.3.2.2).
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign), the beam de -
sign would sat isfy the fol low ing con di tions:
At any sup port of the beam, the beam pos i tive mo ment ca pac ity would not be
less than one-third of the beam neg a tive mo ment ca pac ity at that end (UBC
1921.8.4.1).
Nei ther the neg a tive mo ment ca pac ity nor the pos i tive mo ment ca pac ity at any
of the sec tions within the beam would be less than one-fifth of the max i mum of
pos i tive or neg a tive mo ment ca pac i ties of any of the beam end (sup port) sta -
tions (UBC 1921.8.4.1).
The shear re in force ment is de signed for each load com bi na tion at a user de fined
the beam ma jor shear, the fol low ing steps are in volved:
u
.
c
De ter mine the re in force ment steel re quired to carry the bal ance.
de sign of the beams is also based on the prob able and nomi nal mo ment ca paci ties
of the mem bers, re spec tively, in ad di tion to the fac tored load de sign.
Beam Design 215
steps.
In the de sign of Spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames (seis mic de sign),
the shear ca pac ity of the beam is also checked for the ca pac ity-shear due to the
prob a ble mo ment ca pac i ties at the ends and the fac tored grav ity load. This
check is per formed in ad di tion to the de sign check re quired for Or di nary mo -
ment re sist ing frames. The ca pac ity-shear force, V
p
, is cal cu lated from the
prob a ble mo ment ca pac i ties of each end of the beam and the grav ity shear
forces. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing the de sign shear force in a beam from
prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity is the same as that de scribed for a col umn in the
De sign Col umn Shear Re in force ment sec tion on page 204. See also Ta ble
X-2 for de tails.
The de sign shear force V
u
is then given by (UBC 1921.3.4.1)
V V + V
u p D+ L
= (UBC 1921.3.4.1)
where, V
p
is the ca pac ity-shear force ob tained by ap ply ing the cal cu lated prob -
able ul ti mate mo ment ca paci ties at the two ends of the beams act ing in two op -
po site di rec tions. There fore, V
p
P
1
and V
P
2
, where
V =
M + M
L
P
I
-
J
+
1
, and
V =
M + M
L
P
I
+
J
-
2
, where
M
I
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with top steel
of af
y
M
J
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with bot tom
value of af
y
216 Beam Design
M
I
+
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end I, with bot tom
value of af
y
M
J
-
= Mo ment ca pac ity at end J, with top steel
of af
y
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frames, a is taken as 1.25 (UBC 1921.0). V
D L +
is
For In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing frames, the shear ca pac ity of the beam is
also checked for the ca pac ity-shear based on the nom i nal mo ment ca pac i ties at
the ends and the fac tored grav ity loads, in ad di tion to the check re quired for Or -
di nary mo ment re sist ing frames. The de sign shear force in beams is taken to be
the min i mum of that based on the nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity and fac tored shear
force. The pro ce dure for cal cu lat ing nom i nal (j =1.0) mo ment ca pac ity is the
same as that for com put ing the prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity for Spe cial mo ment
re sist ing frames, ex cept that a is taken equal to 1 rather than 1.25 (UBC 1921.0,
1921.8.3). The fac tored shear forces are based on the spec i fied load fac tors, ex -
cept the earth quake load fac tors are dou bled (UBC 1921.8.3). The com pu ta tion
of the de sign shear force in a beam of an In ter me di ate mo ment re sist ing
frame is also the same as that for col umns, which is de scribed ear lier on
page 204. See also Table X-2 for de tails.
The al low able con crete shear ca pac ity is given by
V = f b d
c c w
2
. (UBC 1911.3.1.1)
For Spe cial mo ment re sist ing frame con crete de sign, V
c
is set to zero if both the fac -
tored ax ial com pres sive force, in clud ing the earth quake ef fect P
u
, is less than
f A /
c g
20 and the shear force con tri bu tion from earth quake V
E
is more than half of
the to tal max i mum shear force over the length of the mem ber V
u
(i.e. V V
E u
0.5 )
(UBC 1921.3.4.2).
Beam Design 217
Given V V
u c
and , the re quired shear re in force ment in area/unit length is cal cu lated
as
A
V / V s
f d
v
u c
ys
=
- ( ) j
. (UBC 1911.5.6.1, 1911.5.6.2)
The shear force re sisted by steel is lim ited by
( )
V / V f bd
u c c
j -
8 . (UBC 1911.5.6.8)
Oth er wise redimensioning of the con crete sec tion is re quired. Here j, the strength
re duc tion fac tor, is 0.85 for nonseismic de sign or for seis mic de sign in Seis mic
Zones 0, 1, and 2 (UBC 1909.3.2.3) and is 0.60 for seis mic de sign in Seis mic
Zones 3 and 4 (UBC 1909.3.4.1). The max i mum of all of the cal cu lated A
v
val ues,
ob tained from each load com bi na tion, is re ported, along with the con trol ling shear
force and as so ci ated load com bi na tion num ber.
The beam shear re in force ment re quire ments dis played by the pro gram are based
purely on shear strength con sid era tions. Any mini mum stir rup re quire ments to sat -
isfy spac ing and volu met ric con sid era tions must be in ves ti gated in de pend ently of
the pro gram by the user.
Design of Joints
To en sure that the beam-col umn joint of Spe cial moment re sist ing frames pos -
sesses ad e quate shear strength, the pro gram per forms a ra tio nal anal y sis of the
beam-col umn panel zone to de ter mine the shear forces that are gen er ated in the
joint. The pro gram then checks this against de sign shear strength.
Only joints hav ing a col umn be low the joint are de signed. The ma te rial prop er -
ties of the joint are as sumed to be the same as those of the col umn be low the joint.
The joint anal y sis is completed in the ma jor and the mi nor di rec tions of the col umn.
The joint de sign pro ce dure in volves the fol low ing steps:
De ter mine the panel zone de sign shear force, V
u
h
De ter mine the ef fec tive area of the joint
Check panel zone shear stress
218 Design of Joints
steps.
De ter mine the Panel Zone Shear Force
For a par tic u lar col umn di rec tion, ma jor or mi nor, the free body stress con di tion of
a typ i cal beam-col umn in ter sec tion is shown in Fig ure II-5.
The force V
u
h
is the hor i zon tal panel zone shear force that is to be cal cu lated. The
forces that act on the joint are P
u
, V
u
, M
u
L
and M
u
R
. The forces P
u
and V
u
are ax ial
force and shear force, re spec tively, from the col umn fram ing into the top of the
joint. The mo ments M
u
L
and M
u
R
are ob tained from the beams fram ing into the
joint. The joint shear force V
u
h
is cal cu lated by re solv ing the mo ments into C and T
forces. Noting that T C
L L
= and T C
R R
= ,
V = T + T - V
u
h
L R u
The lo ca tion of C or T forces is de ter mined by the di rec tion of the mo ment. The
mag ni tude of C or T forces is con ser va tively de ter mined us ing ba sic prin ci ples of
ul ti mate strength the ory ig nor ing com pres sion re in force ment as fol lows. The max i -
mum com pres sion, C
max
, and the max i mum mo ment, M
max
, that can be car ried by
the beam is cal cu lated first.
C =
max
0.85 f bd
c
M = C
max max
d
2
Then the C and T forces are con ser va tively de ter mined as fol lows:
( )
C = T = C
max
max
1 1 - -
abs M
M
The mo ments and the C and T forces from beams that frame into the joint in a di rec -
tion that is not par al lel to the ma jor or mi nor di rec tions of the col umn are re solved
along the di rec tion that is be ing in ves ti gated, thereby con trib ut ing force com po -
nents to the anal y sis. Also C and T are cal cu lated for the pos i tive and neg a tive mo -
ments, con sid er ing the fact that the con crete cover may be dif fer ent for the di rec -
tion of mo ment.
Design of Joints 219
In the de sign of spe cial mo ment re sist ing con crete frames, the eval u a tion of the de -
sign shear force is based on the mo ment ca pac i ties (with re in forc ing steel
overstrength fac tor, a, and no j fac tors) of the beams fram ing into the joint (UBC
1921.5.1.1). The C and T force are based on these mo ment ca pac i ties. The col umn
shear force V
u
is cal cu lated from the beam mo ment ca pac i ties as fol lows:
V =
M + M
H
u
u
L
u
R
See Fig ure II-6. It should be noted that the points of in flec tion shown on Fig ure II-6
are taken as mid way be tween ac tual lat eral sup port points for the col umns. If there
is no col umn at the top of the joint, the shear force from the top of the col umn is
taken as zero.
The ef fects of load re ver sals, as il lus trated in Case 1 and Case 2 of Fig ure II-5 are
in ves ti gated, and the de sign is based on the max i mum of the joint shears ob tained
from the two cases.
De ter mine the Ef fec tive Area of Joint
The joint area that re sists the shear forces is as sumed al ways to be rect an gu lar in
plan view. The di men sions of the rect an gle cor re spond to the ma jor and mi nor di -
men sions of the col umn be low the joint, ex cept if the beam fram ing into the joint is
very nar row. The ef fec tive width of the joint area to be used in the cal cu la tion is
lim ited to the width of the beam plus the depth of the col umn. The area of the joint
is as sumed not to ex ceed the area of the col umn be low. The joint area for joint shear
along the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions is cal cu lated sep a rately (ACI R21.5.3).
It should be noted that if the beam frames into the joint ec cen tri cally, the pre ced ing
as sump tions may be unconservative and the user should in ves ti gate the ac cept abil -
ity of the par tic u lar joint.
Check Panel Zone Shear Stress
The panel zone shear stress is eval u ated by di vid ing the shear force V
u
h
by the ef fec -
tive area of the joint and com par ing it with the fol low ing de sign shear strengths
(UBC 1921.5.3) :
220 Design of Joints
v
f
c
=
20 for joints confined on all four sides,

15
j
j
,
f
c
, for joints confined on three faces or on two opposite faces,

12 for all other joints, j f
c
,
where j = 0.85 (by de fault). (UBC 1909.3.2.3, 1909.3.4.1)
A beam that frames into a face of a col umn at the joint is con sid ered in ETABS
only to pro vide con fine ment to the joint if at least three-quar ters of the face of the
joint is cov ered by the fram ing mem ber (UBC 1921.5.3.1).
For light-weight ag gre gate con crete, the de sign shear strength of the joint is re -
duced in ETABS only to at least three-quar ters of that of the nor mal weight con -
crete by re plac ing the f
c
with
{ }
min ,
,
f f f
cs factor c c

3 4 (UBC 1921.5.3.2)
For joint de sign, the pro gram re ports the joint shear, the joint shear stress, the al -
low able joint shear stress and a ca pac ity ra tio.
At a par tic u lar joint for a par tic u lar col umn di rec tion, ma jor or mi nor, the pro gram
will cal cu late the ra tio of the sum of the beam mo ment ca pac i ties to the sum of the
col umn mo ment ca pac i ties. For Spe cial mo ment resisting frames, the fol low ing
UBC pro vi sion must be satisfied (UBC 1921.4.2.2).
M M
e g
6
5
(UBC 1921.4.2.2)
The ca pac i ties are cal cu lated with no re in forc ing overstrength fac tor, a , and in -
clud ing j fac tors. The beam ca pac i ties are cal cu lated for re versed sit u a tions
(Cases 1 and 2) as il lus trated in Fig ure II-5 and the max i mum sum ma tion ob tained
is used.
The mo ment ca pac i ties of beams that frame into the joint in a di rec tion that is not
par al lel to the ma jor or mi nor di rec tion of the col umn are re solved along the di rec -
tion that is be ing in ves ti gated and the re solved com po nents are added to the sum -
ma tion.
Beam/Column Flexural Capacity Ratios 221
The col umn ca pac ity sum ma tion in cludes the col umn above and the col umn be low
the joint. For each load com bi na tion, the ax ial force, P
u
, in each of the col umns is
cal cu lated from the ETABS only anal y sis load com bi na tions. For each load com bi -
na tion, the mo ment ca pac ity of each col umn un der the in flu ence of the cor re spond -
ing ax ial load P
u
is then de ter mined sep a rately for the ma jor and mi nor di rec tions of
the col umn, us ing the uni ax ial col umn in ter ac tion di a gram, see Fig ure II-4. The
mo ment ca pac i ties of the two col umns are added to give the ca pac ity sum ma tion
for the cor re spond ing load com bi na tion. The max i mum ca pac ity sum ma tions ob -
tained from all of the load com bi na tions is used for the beam/col umn ca pac ity ra tio.
The beam/col umn flex ural ca pac ity ra tios are re ported only for Spe cial mo ment
resisting frames in volv ing seis mic de sign load com bi na tions. If this ra tio is greater
than 5/6, a warn ing mes sage is printed in the out put file.
222 Beam/Column Flexural Capacity Ratios
223
Type of
Check/
Design
Ordinary Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic Zones 0&1)
Intermediate Moment Resisting
Frames
(Seismic Zone 2)
Special Moment
Resisting Frames
(Seismic Zones 3 & 4)
Column
Check
(interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations
Column
Design
(Interaction)
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
1% < r < 8%
NLD
a
Combinations
a = 1.0, 1% < r < 6%
Column
Shears
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
Column Capacity
j = 1.0 and a = 1.0
NLD
a
Combinations and
Column shear capacity
j = 1.0 and a = 1.25
Beam
Design
Flexure
NLD
a
Combinations NLD
a
Combinations
NLD
a
Combinations
r 0.025
r
3 f
f
c
y
, r
200
f
y
Beam Min.
Moment
Override
Check
No Requirement
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
3
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
5
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN

u
+
u

END
- -
1
5
max ,
M M
uEND
+
uEND
-
1
2
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
+
u
+
u

END
-
1
4
max ,
{ }
M M M
uSPAN
-
u
-
u
-
END
1
4
max ,
Beam Design
Shear
NLD
a
Combinations
Modified NLD
a
Combinations
P
)
with a = 1.0 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

NLD
a
Combinations
P
)
with a = 1.25 and j = 1.0
plus V
D L +

V
c
= 0
Joint Design No Requirement No Requirement Checked for shear
Beam/Colum
n Capacity
Ratio
No Requirement No Requirement Reported in output file
a
NLD = Num ber of spec i fied load ing
Table X-2
Design Criteria Table
C h a p t e r XI
Design Output
Overview
The program cre ates de sign out put in three ma jor for mats graphi cal dis play,
tabu lar out put, and mem ber spe cific de tailed de sign in for ma tion.
The graphi cal dis play of de sign out put in cludes in put and out put de sign in for ma -
tion. In put de sign in for ma tion in cludes de sign sec tion la bels, K-fa ctors, live load
re duc tion fac tors, and other de sign pa rame ters. The out put de sign in for ma tion in -
cludes lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing, shear re in forc ing, tor sional re in forc ing (only ap -
pli ca ble for ACI codes) and col umn ca pac ity ra tios. All graphi cal out put can be
printed.
The tabu lar out put can be saved in a file or printed. The tabu lar out put in cludes
most of the in for ma tion that can be dis played. This is gen er ated for added con ven -
ience to the de signer.
The mem ber spe cific de tailed de sign in for ma tion shows the de tails of the cal cu la -
tion from the de sign ers point of view. It shows the de sign forces, de sign sec tion di -
men sions, re in force ment, and some in ter me di ate re sults for all of the load com bi -
na tions at all of the de sign sec tions of a spe cific frame mem ber. For a col umn mem -
ber, it can also show the po si tion of the cur rent state of de sign forces on the col umn
in ter ac tion dia gram.
Overview 225
In the fol low ing sec tions, some of the typ i cal graph i cal dis play, tab u lar out put, and
mem ber-spe cific de tailed de sign in for ma tion are de scribed. Some of the de sign in -
for ma tion is spe cific to the cho sen con crete de sign codes that are avail able in the
pro gram and are only de scribed where re quired. The ACI 318-99 de sign code is de -
scribed in the latter part of this chap ter. For all other codes, the de sign out puts are
sim i lar.
Graphical Display of Design Information
The graph i cal dis play of de sign out put in cludes in put and out put de sign in for ma -
tion. In put de sign in for ma tion in cludes de sign sec tion la bel, K-fac tors, live load re -
duc tion fac tor, and other de sign pa ram e ters. The out put de sign in for ma tion in -
cludes lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing, shear re in forc ing, tor sion re in forc ing, col umn ca -
pac ity ra tio, beam col umn ca pac ity ra tio, joint shear check, and other design
information.
The graph i cal out put can be pro duced in color or in gray-scaled screen dis play. The
ac tive screen dis play can be sent di rectly to the printer.
In put de sign in for ma tion for the ACI 318-99 code in cludes the fol low ing:
De sign sec tions
De sign fram ing type
Live load re duc tion fac tor (RLLF)
Un braced length ratios, L-fac tors for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion of bend ing
Ef fec tive length factor, K-fa ctors for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion of bending
Un braced length ratios,
C
m
-fac tors for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion of bend ing
d
s
d
s
The out put de sign in for ma tion that can be dis played con sists of the fol low ing:
Lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing area
Lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing area as per centage of con crete gross area
Shear re in forc ing ar eas per unit spac ing
Col umn P-M-M In ter ac tion Ra tios
(5/6) Beam/ Col umn Ca pac ity Ra tios for ETABS only
226 Graphical Display of Design Information
Col umn/Beam Ca pac ity Ra tios for ETABS only
Joint Shear Ca pac ity Ra tios for ETABS only
Tor sion Re in forc ing
Gen eral Re in forc ing De tails
Use the De sign menu > Con crete Frame De sign > Dis play De sign Info com -
mand to plot in put and out put val ues di rectly on the model in the ac tive win dow.
Click ing this com mand will ac cess the Dis play De sign Re sults form. Se lect the
Design Out put or De sign In put op tion, and then use the drop-down lists to choose
the type of de sign data to be dis played, such as lon gi tu di nal re in force ment, rebar
per cent ages, shear re in forc ing and so on. Click the OK but ton on the form to close
the form and dis play the se lected data in the ac tive win dow.
The graph i cal dis plays can be viewed in 2D or 3D mode. Use the var i ous toolbar
but tons (e.g., Set De fault 3D View, Set X-Y View) to ad just the view, or use the
View menu > Set 2D View or View menu > Set 3D View com mands to re fine the
dis play.
The graph i cal dis play in the ac tive win dow can be printed by click ing the File
menu > Print Graphics com mand, the Print Graphics but ton on the toolbar, or
the Ctrl+G key board short cut. The dis play also can be cap tured as a bit map file
(.bmp) us ing one of the subcommands on the File menu > Cap ture Pic ture com -
mand, or as a metafile (.emf) us ing one of the subcommands on the File menu >
Cap ture En hanced Metafile com mand. The cap tured pic ture file can then be used
in pop u lar graphics pro grams, in clud ing Paint and PowerPoint. Al ter na tively, the
stan dard Win dows screen cap ture com mand (click the Print Screen but ton on the
key board) can be used to cre ate a screen cap ture of the en tire win dow, or use the
Alt+Print Screen com mand to cap ture only the top layer, such as a form dis -
played from within the pro gram.
By de fault, graphics are dis played and printed in color, as sum ing a color printer is
avail able. Use the Op tions menu > Col ors > Out put com mand to change de fault
col ors, as nec es sary, in clud ing chang ing the back ground color from the de fault
black to white. A white back ground can be use ful when print ing de sign out put to
save ink/toner. In ad di tion, the Op tions menu > Col ors > Set Ac tive Theme com -
mand can be used to view or print graphics in grayscale.
Graphical Display of Design Information
227
Chapter XI Design Output
Tabular Display of Design Output
The tabu lar de sign out put can be sent di rectly to a printer or saved to a file. The
printed form of the tab u lar out put is the same as that pro duced for the file out put ex -
cept that the Font size is ad justed for the printed out put.
The tab u lar de sign out put in cludes in put and out put de sign in for ma tion that de -
pends on the de sign code chosen. For the ACI 318-99 code, the tab u lar out put in -
cludes the fol low ing. All ta bles have for mal head ings and are self-ex plan a tory, so
fur ther de scrip tion of these ta bles is not given.
In put de sign in for ma tion in cludes the fol low ing:
Con crete Col umn Prop erty Data
Ma te rial la bel
Col umn di men sion,
Re in force ment pat tern
Con crete cover
Bar area
Con crete Beam Prop erty Data
Ma te rial la bel
Beam di men sions
Top and bot tom con crete cover
Top and bot tom re in force ment ar eas
Load Com bi na tion Mul ti pli ers
Com bi na tion name
Load types
Load fac tors
Con crete De sign Ele ment In for ma tion (code de pend ent)
De sign Sec tion ID
K-fa ctors for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion of bending
Un braced Length Ra tios for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion of bend ing
C
m
-fa ctors
Live Load Re duc tion Fac tors
228 Tabular Display of Design Output
Con crete Mo ment Mag ni fi ca tion Fac tors (code de pend ent)
Sec tion ID
Ele ment Type
Fram ing Type
d
s
-fa ctors
d
s
-fac tors
The out put de sign in for ma tion in cludes the fol low ing:
Col umn De sign In for ma tion
Sec tion ID
Sta tion lo ca tion
To tal lon gi tu di nal re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Ma jor shear re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Mi nor shear re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Beam De sign In for ma tion
Sec tion ID
Sta tion lo ca tion
Top lon gi tu di nal re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Bot tom re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Lon gi tu di nal tor sional re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Ma jor shear re in force ment and the gov ern ing load com bi na tion for shear
and tor sion design
Con crete Col umn Joint In for ma tion (ap pli ca ble for ETABS only)
Sec tion ID
(6/5) Beam/Col umn capacity ratios for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion and the
gov ern ing load com bi na tion
Joint shear capacity for ma jor and mi nor di rec tion and the gov ern ing load
com bi na tion.
Tab u lar out put can be printed di rectly to a printer or saved in a file us ing the File
menu > Print Ta bles com mand. A form will dis play when this com mand is used.
Click the F1 key on the key board to ac cess the Help topic spe cific to that form,
which will iden tify the types of out put avail able (e.g., plain text with or with out
page breaks, rich text for mat Word doc u ment, and so on).
Tabular Display of Design Output 229
Member Specific Information
Mem ber spe cific de sign in for ma tion shows the de tails of the cal cu la tion from the
de signers point of view. It in cludes the ge om e try and ma te rial data, other in put
data, de sign forces, de sign sec tion di men sions, re in force ment de tails, and some of
the in ter me di ate re sults for the se lected mem ber. The de sign de tail in for ma tion can
be dis played for a spe cific load com bi na tion and for a spe cific sta tion of a col umn
or beam mem ber. For col umns, mem ber spe cific de sign in for ma tion also can show
the po si tion of the cur rent state of de sign forces us ing a col umn in ter ac tion di a -
gram.
Af ter an anal y sis has been per formed and the De sign menu > Con crete Frame De -
sign > Start De sign/Check com mand has been used, ac cess the de tailed de sign in -
for ma tion by right click ing a frame mem ber to dis play the Con crete Col umn De -
sign In for ma tion form if a col umn mem ber was right clicked or the Con crete Beam
De sign In for ma tion form if a beam mem ber was right clicked. Ta ble XIII-1 iden ti -
fies the types of data pro vided by the forms.
The lon gi tu di nal and shear re in forc ing area are re ported in their cur rent units,
which are dis played in the drop-down list in the lower right cor ner of the pro gram
win dow. Typ i cally, the lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing area is re ported in in
2
, mm
2
, cm
2
and so on. Shear re in forc ing ar eas typ i cally are re ported in in
2
/in, mm
2
/mm, cm
2
/cm
and so on.
The load com bi na tion is re ported by its name, while sta tion data is re ported by its
lo ca tion as mea sured from the I-end of the col umn. The num ber of line items re -
ported is equal to the num ber of de sign com bi na tions mul ti plied by the num ber of
sta tions. One line item will be high lighted when the form first dis plays. This line
item will have the larg est re quired lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing, un less any de sign over -
stress or er ror oc curs for any of the items. In that case, the last item among the over -
stressed items or items with er rors will be high lighted. In es sence, the pro gram
high lights the crit i cal de sign item.
If a col umn has been se lected and the col umn has been spec i fied to be checked by
the pro gram, the form in cludes the same in for ma tion as that dis played for a de -
signed col umn, ex cept that the data for a checked col umn in cludes the ca pac ity ra -
tio rather than the to tal lon gi tu di nal re in forc ing area. Sim i lar to the de sign data, the
line item with the larg est ca pac ity ra tio is high lighted when the form first dis plays,
un less an item has an er ror or over stress, in which case, that item will be high -
lighted. In es sence, the pro gram high lights the crit i cal check item.
The pro gram can be used to check and to de sign rebar in a col umn mem ber. When
the us ers spec i fies that the pro gram is to check the rebar in the col umn, the pro gram
230 Member Specific Information
checks the rebar as it is spec i fied. When the user spec i fies that the pro gram de sign
the rebar con fig u ra tion, the pro gram starts with the data spec i fied for rebar and then
in creases or de creases the rebar in pro por tion to the rel a tive ar eas of rebar at the dif -
fer ent lo ca tions of rebar in the col umn.
Member Specific Information 231
References
ACI, 1999
Build ing Code Re quire ments for Structural Con crete (ACI 318-99) and Com -
men tary (ACI 318R-99), Amer i can Con crete In sti tute, P.O. Box 9094,
Farmington Hills, Mich i gan, June 1999.
BSI, 1997
BS 8110 : Part 1, Struc tural Use of Con crete, Part 1, Code of Prac tice for De sign
and Con struc tion, Brit ish Stan dards In sti tu tion, Lon don, UK, 1997, Is sue 1, 1997
BSI, 1989
BS 8110 : Part 1, Struc tural Use of Con crete, Part 1, Code of Prac tice for De -
sign and Con struc tion, Brit ish Stan dards In sti tu tion, Lon don, UK, 1985, Is sue
2, 1989.
CEN, 1992
ENV 1992- 1-1, Eurocode 2: De sign of Con crete Struc tures, Part 1, Gen eral
Rules and Rules for Build ings, Euro pean Com mit tee for Stan dardi za tion, Brus -
sels, Bel gium, 1992.
CEN, 1994
ENV 1991-1, Eurocode 1: Ba sis of De sign and Ac tion on Struc tures Part 1,
Ba sis of De sign, Euro pean Com mit tee for Stan dardi za tion, Brus sels, Bel gium,
1994.
233
CP, 1999
CP 65: Part 1: 1999, Code of Prac tice for Struc tural use of concrete Part 1,
De sign and construction, SPRING Sin ga pore, Singapore, 1999.
CSA, 2004
A23.3-44, De sign of Con crete Struc tures, Ca na dian Stan dards As so ci a tion,
Rexdale, On tario, Can ada, 2004.
CSA, 1994
A23.3-94, De sign of Con crete Struc tures, Ca na dian Stan dards As so cia tion,
Rex dale, On tario, Can ada, 1994.
CSI, 2005a
SAP2000 Get ting Started, Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc., Ber keley, Cali for -
nia, 2005.
CSI, 2005b
Wel come to ETABS,, Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc., Ber keley, Cal i for nia,
2005.
CSI, 2005c
CSI Analy sis Ref er ence Manual, Com put ers and Struc tures, Inc., Ber keley,
Cali for nia, 2005.
ICBO, 1997
Uni form Build ing Code, In ter na tional Con fer ence of Build ing Of fi cials, Whit -
tier, Cali for nia, 1997.
NZS, 1995
New Zea land Stan dard NZS 3101, Con crete Struc tures Stan dard, Part 1 The
De sign of Con crete Struc tures, Stan dards New Zea land, Wel ling ton, New Zea -
land, 1995.
NZS, 1992
New Zea land Stan dard NZS 4203, Code of prac tice for Gen eral Struc tural De -
sign and De sign Load ings for Build ings, Stan dards New Zea land, Wel ling ton,
New Zea land, 1992.
234
PCA, 1996
Notes on ACI 318-99, Build ing Code Re quire ments for Re in forced Con crete,
with De sign Ap pli ca tions, Port land Ce ment As so ci a tion, Skokie, Il li nois,
1996.
D. W. White and J. F. Hajjar, 1991
Ap pli ca tion of Second- Order Elas tic Analy sis in LRFD: Re search to Prac -
tice, En gi neer ing Jour nal, Ameri can In sti tute of Steel Con struc tion, Inc., Vol.
28, No. 4, 1991.
235
Chapter XII
Index
Ad di tional mo ment
Brit ish, 57, 75, 125
Bal anced con di tion
ACI, 41, 44
BS, 63, 66, 81, 84, 131, 134
Ca na dian, 105, 107
Eurocode, 152, 156
New Zea land, 180, 183
UBC, 210, 213
Beam flex ural de sign, 2, 8
ACI, 38
Brit ish, 61, 79, 129
Ca na dian, 103
Eurocode, 150
New Zea land, 178
UBC, 207
Beam shear de sign, 9
ACI, 46
Brit ish, 67, 85, 135
Ca na dian, 112
Eurocode, 157
New Zea land, 186
UBC, 215
Beam/col umn ca pac ity ra tio
ACI, 20
UBC, 20, 221
Braced frames
ACI, 32
Brit ish, 57, 75, 125
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode, 143
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 201
Check sta tion, 8
Code to tal mo ment
Eurocode, 143
Col umn ca pac ity ra tio, 12
ACI, 31, 33
Brit ish, 56, 59, 74, 77, 124, 127
Ca na dian, 93, 96
Eurocode, 143, 145
UBC, 200, 202
Col umn flex ural de sign, 9
ACI, 29
Brit ish, 54, 72, 122
Ca na dian, 91
Eurocode, 141
New Zea land, 165
UBC, 197
237
Col umn shear de sign, 13
ACI, 34
Brit ish, 60, 78, 128
Ca na dian, 97
Eurocode, 146
New Zea land, 171
UBC, 203
Com pres sion re in force ment
ACI, 41, 44
Brit ish, 64, 66, 82, 84, 132, 134
Eurocode, 153, 156
UBC, 210, 213
Con crete shear ca pac ity
ACI, 36, 48
Brit ish, 60, 67, 78, 85, 128, 135
Ca na dian, 99, 114
Eurocode, 146, 157
UBC, 205, 217
De sign load com bi na tions, 2, 6
ACI, 25
Brit ish, 51, 69, 119
Ca na dian, 90
Eurocode, 137
New Zea land, 164
UBC, 196
De sign of T-beams
ACI, 42
Brit ish, 64, 82, 132
Ca na dian, 107
Eurocode, 154
New Zea land, 182
UBC, 211
Duc tile de tail ing
ACI, 46
Ca na dian, 111
New Zea land, 185
UBC, 215
Earth quake re sist ing frames
duc tile, 34, 97 - 98, 111 - 112, 161,
172 - 173, 185 - 186, 203
elas tic, 161
in ter me di ate, 25, 46, 48, 196, 215, 217
lim ited, 161
nom i nal, 111, 113
or di nary, 25
shear in in ter me di ate frames, 36, 48,
204, 217
shear in spe cial frames, 35, 204
spe cial, 25, 45, 47, 196, 214, 216
El e ment un sup ported length, 21
Fac tored mo ments and forces
ACI, 31, 39
Brit ish, 57, 62, 75, 80, 125, 130
Ca na dian, 93, 103
Eurocode, 143, 151
UBC, 200, 208
Flex ural re in force ment
ACI, 39
Brit ish, 61 - 62, 79 - 80, 129 - 130
Ca na dian, 103
Eurocode, 150 - 151
New Zea land, 178
UBC, 208
Fram ing Type
UBC, 196
Gen er a tion of bi axial in ter ac tion sur faces,
10
ACI, 29
Brit ish, 55, 73, 123
Ca na dian, 91
Eurocode, 141
New Zea land, 165
UBC, 198
238
In ter ac tion di a gram
ACI, 29
Brit ish, 55, 73, 123
Ca na dian, 91
Eurocode, 141
New Zea land, 165
UBC, 198
In ter ac tive en vi ron ment, 1
Joint de sign
ACI, 15
UBC, 15, 218
Lat eral drift ef fect, 21, 94
See also P-Delta anal y sis
Live load re duc tion fac tor, 8, 28, 54, 72,
90, 122, 140, 164, 197
Max i mum col umn re in force ment
ACI, 29
Brit ish, 55, 73, 123
Ca na dian, 91
Eurocode, 141
New Zea land, 165
UBC, 197
Min i mum col umn re in force ment
ACI, 29
Brit ish, 55, 73, 123
Ca na dian, 91
Eurocode, 141
New Zea land, 165
UBC, 197
Min i mum ec cen tric ity
ACI, 31
Brit ish, 58, 76, 126
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode, 144 - 145
New Zea land, 167
UBC, 200
Min i mum ten sile re in force ment
ACI, 45
Ca na dian, 110
New Zea land, 184
UBC, 214
Mo ment mag ni fi ca tion
ACI, 31
Brit ish (ad di tional mo ment), 57, 75,
125
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode (to tal mo ment), 143
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 200
Nom i nal mo ment ca pac ity, 98
Nonsway frames
ACI, 32
Brit ish, 57, 75, 125
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode, 143
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 201
No ta tion
UBC, 194
Out put, 1
tab u lar, 228
Overstrength fac tor, 17, 113, 220
Overstrength mo ment ca pac ity, 172, 186
P-Delta anal y sis, 20
ACI, 32
Brit ish, 58, 76, 126
Ca na dian, 94
Eurocode, 145
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 200
Prob a ble mo ment ca pac ity, 34, 98, 203
Rect an gu lar beam de sign
ACI, 40
Brit ish, 63, 80, 130
Ca na dian, 104
239
Index
Eurocode, 151
New Zea land, 179
UBC, 209
Seis mic Zone
UBC, 193
Shear re in force ment
ACI, 38, 48
Brit ish, 60, 68, 78, 86, 128, 136
New Zea land, 149, 159, 176, 188
UBC, 206, 218
Spe cial con sid er ations for seis mic loads,
9, 23
ACI, 35, 45, 47
Ca na dian, 98, 112
UBC, 204, 214, 216
Strength re duc tion fac tors
ACI, 28
Brit ish, 54, 72, 122
Ca na dian, 90
Eurocode, 140
New Zea land, 164
UBC, 197
Sup ported de sign codes, 1
ACI, 5, 25
Brit ish, 5, 51, 69, 119
Ca na dian, 5, 87
Eurocode, 5 - 6, 137
UBC, 193
Sway frames
ACI, 32
Brit ish, 57, 75, 125
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode, 143
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 201
Tab u lar out put, 228
T-Beam de sign
ACI, 42
Brit ish, 64, 82, 132
Ca na dian, 107
Eurocode, 154
New Zea land, 182
UBC, 211
Un braced frames
ACI, 32
Brit ish, 58, 76, 126
Ca na dian, 93
Eurocode, 145
New Zea land, 168
UBC, 201
Units, 2, 23
ACI, 25
Brit ish, 51, 69, 119
Ca na dian, 87
Eurocode, 137
New Zea land, 161
UBC, 196
Un sup ported length, 33, 202
240

Concrete Frame Design For ETABS

Diunggah oleh

Informasi Dokumen

Deskripsi Asli:

Judul Asli

Hak Cipta

Format Tersedia

Bagikan dokumen Ini

Bagikan atau Tanam Dokumen

Opsi Berbagi

Apakah menurut Anda dokumen ini bermanfaat?

Apakah konten ini tidak pantas?

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Concrete Frame Design For ETABS

Diunggah oleh

Hak Cipta:

Format Tersedia

Con crete Frame

De sign Man ual

ISO SAP022811M8 Ver sion 15

In te grated Build ing De sign Soft ware or SAP2000

Three Di men sional Static and

De ter mine the panel zone de sign shear force, V

20 for joints confined on all four sides,

, for joints confined on three faces or on two opposite faces,

Area of compression re in force ment, sq- in

Speci fied com pres sive strength of con crete, psi

spi ral col umn, (ACI 10.3.5.1)

tied col umn, (ACI 10.3.5.2)

100 psi, and (ACI 11.1.2)

(ACI 10.3.3): hence all of the

0.003 . (ACI 10.2.4)

0.003 . (ACI 10.2.4)

Area of com pres sion re in force ment, mm

Strain in com pres sion steel

Area of com pres sion re in force ment, mm

Strain in com pres sion steel

, where (BS 3.4.4.4)

Area of compression re in force ment, sq- mm

Speci fied com pres sive strength of con crete, MPa

is taken to be 80 MPa for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames and 55

80 MPa (Or di nary) (CSA 8.6.1.1)

55 MPa (Nomi nal and Duc tile) (CSA 21.2.3.1)

(tied col umn), (CSA 10.10.4)

(spi ral col umn). (CSA 10.10.4)

is taken to be 80 MPa for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames and 55

80 MPa (Or di nary) (CSA 8.6.1.1)

55 MPa (Nomi nal and Duc tile) (CSA 21.2.3.1)

0.09 (Stir rups) (CSA 21.4.4.2)

0.30 1 (Stir rups) (CSA 21.4.4.2)

80 MPa (Or di nary) (CSA 8.6.1.1)

55 MPa (Nomi nal and Duc tile) (CSA 21.2.3.1)

, and (CSA 10.1.7)

0.0035 . (CSA 10.1.2 and CSA 10.1.3)

, and (CSA 10.1.7)

0.0035 . (CSA 10.1.2 and CSA 10.1.3)

0.04 Rectangular beam

0.04 Rectangular beam

is taken to be 80 MPa for Or di nary mo ment re sist ing frames and 55

80 MPa (Or di nary) (CSA 8.6.1.1)

55 MPa (Nomi nal and Duc tile) (CSA 21.2.3.1)

Area of com pres sion re in force ment, mm

Strain in com pres sion steel

, where (CP 3.4.4.4)

Area of com pres sion re in force ment, mm

Stress in a beam com pres sion steel, MPa

, which is the same as

, the neu tral axis lies be low the flange.

, which is the same as

Area of compression re in force ment, sq- mm

Spec ified com pres sive strength of con crete, MPa

(NZS 8.3.1.7) and a depth of the stress block of b

100 MPA (Or di nary and Elas tic) (NZS 3.8.1.1)

70 MPa (Duc tile and Limited) (NZS 3.8.4.4)

- (Or di nary, Elas tic), (NZS 8.4.1.5)

- (Duc tile, Limited). (NZS 8.5.1.4)

70 , and (NZS 9.3.2.1)

if under axial tension,

0.10 . (NZS 9.4.2.2)